You are on page 1of 231

More Service Manuals at www.service-manual.

net

fi-6670, fi-6670A, Image Scanner


fi-667PR, Imprinter
Maintenance Manual

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

1
231

Revision Record
Edition Date published
01
May 28, 2008
02
June 23, 2008

03

February 19, 2009

04

April 27, 2009

05

July 13, 2009

Revised contents
First edition released.
P10: A8 size description revised.
P31, 42, 87, 152: FUSE KIT 6670 deleted. FUSE1~3 added.
P41, 109: Explanation of OPT SPACER B added.
P48: Description of DIMM (table) added.
P68: Reference cleaning procedures deleted.
P129: Maintenance Mode activation method changed.
P130, 133, 135, 139, 142, 145, 146, 149: Maintenance Mode exiting method added.
P131: Background switchover test added.
P157~160: Table of Software Operation Panel added.
P184, 190: Part number of Junction PCA changed.
P221, 225: Part number of screws changed.
P226: Appendix 2: Emulation Mode added.
P31, 32, 33, 49: Maintenance Parts added.
P89: Title changed.
P110, 112, 123, 125: Notes at Optical Unit ADF replacement added.
P32, 42, 43: Remarks on Fuses added.
P132, 137, 141, 144: Notes on Maintenance mode added.

The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
All rights Reserved. Copyright PFU LIMITED, 2008-2009

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

2
231

Preface
This manual provides the technical information such as maintenance, troubleshooting procedure and parts replacement
procedure for field Engineers on fi-6670/fi-6670A image scanner.
This manual is not responsible if used for other than maintenance.
For information that is not contained in this manual, refer to the following manuals:
Item
Manuals
1
fi-6670(A)/fi-6770(A)/fi-6750S Image Scanner Operators Guide
2
fi-6670(A)/fi-6770(A)/fi-6750S Image Scanner Getting Started
3
fi-667PR Imprinter Operators Guide
4
fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR Illustrated Parts Catalog
* xx represents revision number of the manuals.

P/N *
P3PC-2252-xxEN
P3PC-2242-xxEN
P3PC-2262-xxEN
P4PA03576-B5XX/6

Convention
Special information, such as warnings, cautions, are indicated as follows:

WARNING
WARNING indicates that personal injury may result if you do not
follow a procedure correctly.

CAUTION indicates that damage to the scanner may result if you do


not follow a procedure correctly.

NOTICE provides 'how-to" tips or suggestions to help you perform


a procedure correctly.

General note:
Be careful not to power off the scanner while communicating with the host computer. In case that the scanner is accidentally
powered off during communication with the host, follow the procedure below:
1.

Power off the host computer.

2.

Power on the scanner.

3.

Power on the host computer.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

3
231

Trademarks
Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
ISIS and QuickScan are trademarks or registered trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States.
Adobe, the Adobe logo, and Acrobat are either registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
Kofax and VRS are trademarks or registered trademarks of Kofax Image Products, Inc.
Other product names are the trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies.

How Trademarks are Indicated in This Manual


References to operating systems (OS) and applications are indicated as follows:
Windows 2000: Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional operating system.
Windows XP: Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition operating system.
Windows Server2003: Microsoft Windows ServerTM 2003 Standard Edition operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Windows Vista: Microsoft Windows Vista Home Basic operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft Windows Vista Home Premium operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft Windows Vista Business operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft Windows Vista Enterprise operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate operating system (32-bit/64-bit)
Where there is no distinction between the different versions of the above operating system, the general term Windows is
used.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

4
231

Contents
Chapter 1 Overview......................................................................................................................10
1.1 Scanner Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1.1 Features ........................................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1.2 Scanner Specification ...................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1.3 Environmental Specification ........................................................................................................................... 12
1.1.4 Appearance...................................................................................................................................................... 13
1.1.5 Outer Dimensions............................................................................................................................................ 17
1.1.6 Document Specification .................................................................................................................................. 18
1.1.7 Multi feed Detection Conditions ..................................................................................................................... 19
1.2 ADF Unit....................................................................................................................................................... 20
1.2.1 ADF................................................................................................................................................................. 20
1.2.2 Reading Station ............................................................................................................................................... 22
1.3 Controller....................................................................................................................................................... 23
1.4 Cable Connection Diagram ........................................................................................................................... 25
1.5 Diagram of Power Supply System................................................................................................................. 26

Chapter 2 Installation.................................................................................................................. 27
2.1 Unpacking the Scanner.................................................................................................................................. 27
2.2 Installing the Scanner .................................................................................................................................... 28
2.2.1 For Safety Installation ..................................................................................................................................... 28
2.2.2 Installation....................................................................................................................................................... 28

Chapter 3 Maintenance Parts ..................................................................................................... 31


3.1 ADF FIX Unit ............................................................................................................................................... 33
3.2 ADF Rev Unit ............................................................................................................................................... 33
3.3 Back Ground Unit F ...................................................................................................................................... 34
3.4 Back Ground Unit B...................................................................................................................................... 34
3.5 Inverter .......................................................................................................................................................... 35
3.6 US Sensor ...................................................................................................................................................... 35
3.7 US PCA ......................................................................................................................................................... 36
3.8 Sensor ............................................................................................................................................................ 36
3.9 Pick Sensor .................................................................................................................................................... 37
3.10 DF Sensor .................................................................................................................................................... 37
3.11 Guide S ASSY............................................................................................................................................. 38
3.12 Pick Motor................................................................................................................................................... 38
3.13 HK Ring ME ............................................................................................................................................... 39
3.14 BW Motor.................................................................................................................................................... 39
3.15 Feed Motor .................................................................................................................................................. 40
3.16 Belt ADF ..................................................................................................................................................... 40
3.17 Top Sensor................................................................................................................................................... 41
3.18 Sensor OP .................................................................................................................................................... 41
3.19 Optical Unit ADF ........................................................................................................................................ 42
3.20 Control PCA ................................................................................................................................................ 42
3.21 (Reserved) ................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.22 Fuse 1 .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.23 Fuse 2 .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.24 Fuse 3 .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
3.25 Power Supply .............................................................................................................................................. 44
3.26 Stacker ASSY.............................................................................................................................................. 44
3.27 Chute ASSY ................................................................................................................................................ 45
3.28 Chute Roller ................................................................................................................................................ 45
3.29 Panel Unit A ................................................................................................................................................ 46
3.30 Panel PCA A ............................................................................................................................................... 46
3.31 Panel Unit B ................................................................................................................................................ 47
3.32 Panel PCA B................................................................................................................................................ 47
3.33 Fan ASSY.................................................................................................................................................... 48
3.34 CGA Board.................................................................................................................................................. 48
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

5
231

3.35 DIMM.......................................................................................................................................................... 49
3.36 ADF Unit..................................................................................................................................................... 49

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 50


4.1 Operator panel display sequence at power-on ............................................................................................... 50
4.2 Temporary Errors and Alarms....................................................................................................................... 51
4.2.1 Temporary Errors ............................................................................................................................................ 51
4.2.2 Alarms ............................................................................................................................................................. 51
4.2.3 Error Recovery Guide ..................................................................................................................................... 51
4.3 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................. 52
4.3.1 Scanner Does not Turn ON (No display on the Operator Panel)..................................................................... 55
4.3.2 Scanning Does not Start .................................................................................................................................. 55
4.3.3 Scanned Image is Distorted ............................................................................................................................. 55
4.3.4 Resolution or Gradation of Scanned Image is Unsatisfactory......................................................................... 56
4.3.5 Too Much Jitter on Scanned Image................................................................................................................. 56
4.3.6 Scanned Image is Misaligned.......................................................................................................................... 57
4.3.7 Magnification of Scanned Image is Incorrect.................................................................................................. 57
4.3.8 Vertical Streaks Appear in Scanned Image ..................................................................................................... 58
4.3.9 Calibrating White Level of Scanned Image .................................................................................................... 59
4.3.10 No Paper on the ADF Paper Chute ............................................................................................................ 59
4.3.11 J1, J9: Paper Jam ........................................................................................................................................... 59
4.3.12 J2: Multi feed ................................................................................................................................................ 60
4.3.13 U4: ADF Cover Open / U5: Imprinter cover open ........................................................................................ 60
4.3.14 U6: No Ink Cartridge (with the Imprinter installed)...................................................................................... 60
4.3.15 U7: Imprinting position error (with the Imprinter installed) ......................................................................... 61
4.3.16 E2 or E3: Optical Alarm................................................................................................................................ 61
4.3.17 F2: Drive System (Pick Arm) Alarm / H1: Motor Fuse Blown..................................................................... 62
4.3.18 H7: Lamp Fuse Blown .................................................................................................................................. 63
4.3.19 E6: Operator Panel Alarm ............................................................................................................................. 63
4.3.20 E7: EEPROM Alarm ..................................................................................................................................... 63
4.3.21 E8: SCSI Fuse Blown.................................................................................................................................... 63
4.3.22 E9: Image Memory Alarm ............................................................................................................................ 64
4.3.23 A0~A4: Imprinter Alarm (with the Imprinter installed)................................................................................ 64
4.3.24 F4: Drive System (Background Switchover) Alarm ..................................................................................... 64
4.3.25 F6: Fan Alarm ............................................................................................................................................... 65
4.3.26 H5: TPS Fuse Blown..................................................................................................................................... 65
4.3.27 H6: Imprinter Fuse Blown (with the Imprinter installed).............................................................................. 65
4.3.28 L6: Ultrasonic Sensor Alarm / L9: OMR Sensor Alarm ............................................................................... 66
4.3.29 C0: LSI Alarm............................................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.30 C8: Internal Communication Alarm .............................................................................................................. 66
4.3.31 F: Flash RAM Alarm..................................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.32 Illegal Command ........................................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.33 Interface Alarm ............................................................................................................................................. 67
4.3.34 Imprinter does not operate initially (when Imprinter is installed) ................................................................. 67
4.3.35 No imprinting / Imprinting Distortion (with the Imprinter installed) ............................................................ 67
4.3.36 Scanned Form is Dirty (with the Imprinter installed).................................................................................... 67

Chapter 5 Maintenance Procedure ............................................................................................ 68


5.1 For Safety Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 68
5.2 Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................................... 69
5.3 Cleaning......................................................................................................................................................... 70
5.3.1 Cleaning the Optical Unit ADF....................................................................................................................... 70
5.3.2 (Reserved) ....................................................................................................................................................... 70
5.3.3 (Reserved) ....................................................................................................................................................... 70
5.4 Maintenance Tool.......................................................................................................................................... 71
5.5 Non-disassembly Parts .................................................................................................................................. 72
5.6 (Reserved) ..................................................................................................................................................... 72
5.7 Chute ASSY/ Chute Roller / Stacker ASSY / Panel Unit / Panel PCA..................................................................... 73
5.7.1 Chute ASSY .................................................................................................................................................... 73
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

6
231

5.7.2 Chute Roller .................................................................................................................................................... 74


5.7.3 Stacker ASSY.................................................................................................................................................. 75
5.7.4 Panel Unit A / Panel PCA A ........................................................................................................................... 76
5.7.5 Panel Unit B / Panel PCA B............................................................................................................................ 79
5.8 Inside of PCA Unit ........................................................................................................................................ 82
5.8.1 PCA Unit (not a maintenance part) ................................................................................................................. 82
5.8.2 Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................. 84
5.8.3 Fan ASSY........................................................................................................................................................ 85
5.8.4 Control PCA.................................................................................................................................................... 86
5.8.5 Fuses................................................................................................................................................................ 88
5.8.6 CGA Board / DIMM ....................................................................................................................................... 89
5.8.7 DIMM ............................................................................................................................................................. 90
5.9 ADF Unit / ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit ................................................................................................... 91
5.9.1 ADF Unit......................................................................................................................................................... 91
5.9.2 ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit ........................................................................................................................ 92
5.10 Paper path .................................................................................................................................................... 98
5.10.1 Guide S ASSY............................................................................................................................................... 98
5.10.2 Pick Sensor.................................................................................................................................................... 99
5.10.3 US Sensor (ADF Fix Unit).......................................................................................................................... 101
5.10.4 US PCA....................................................................................................................................................... 102
5.10.5 Sensor (Empty Sensor)................................................................................................................................ 103
5.10.6 US Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)......................................................................................................................... 105
5.10.7 Top Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)........................................................................................................................ 106
5.10.8 DF Sensor.................................................................................................................................................... 107
5.11 Parts in the ADF cover .............................................................................................................................. 108
5.11.1 Inverter (for ADF backside scanning) ......................................................................................................... 108
5.11.2 Optical Unit ADF (backside optical system)............................................................................................... 110
5.11.3 BW Motor (for driving pick arm) / Sensor (for detecting pick arm position) ............................................. 113
5.11.4 Feed Motor / Belt ADF ............................................................................................................................... 117
5.11.5 BW Motor (for driving background switch mechanism)............................................................................. 119
5.11.6 Sensor (for detecting background position)................................................................................................. 120
5.11.7 Sensor OP.................................................................................................................................................... 121
5.11.8 Background unit B ...................................................................................................................................... 122
5.12 Parts in lower part of the ADF................................................................................................................... 123
5.12.1 Optical Unit ADF (front side optical system) ............................................................................................. 123
5.12.2 Inverter ........................................................................................................................................................ 126
5.12.3 Pick Motor................................................................................................................................................... 127
5.12.4 Background Unit F ...................................................................................................................................... 128
5.12.5 HK Ring ME ............................................................................................................................................... 130

Chapter 6 Adjustment/Settings ................................................................................................... 132


6.1 Maintenance Mode ...................................................................................................................................... 132
6.1.1 Activating the Maintenance Mode and Mode Types..................................................................................... 132
6.1.2 Maintenance Mode #1: Paper feeding, Background switchover and Sensor test .......................................... 134
6.1.3 Maintenance Mode #2: Sub-scanning magnification adjustment.................................................................. 137
6.1.4 Maintenance Mode #3: Offset adjustment..................................................................................................... 141
6.1.5 Maintenance Mode #4: White level adjustment ............................................................................................ 144
6.1.6 Maintenance Mode #5: Consumables counter display and Reset.................................................................. 147
6.1.7 Maintenance Mode #6: Miscellaneous information display.......................................................................... 149
6.1.8 Maintenance Mode #7: EEPROM data restore ............................................................................................. 150
6.1.9 Maintenance Mode #8: Ultrasonic sensor adjustment................................................................................... 151
6.2 Saving EEPROM Data ................................................................................................................................ 154
6.3 Test Item List............................................................................................................................................... 155

Chapter 7 Operation and Daily Maintenance ......................................................................... 156


7.1 Basic Operation ........................................................................................................................................... 156
7.1.1 Turning the Scanner ON/OFF ....................................................................................................................... 156
7.1.2 Loading Documents on the ADF................................................................................................................... 157
7.1.3 Software Operation Panel.............................................................................................................................. 160
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

7
231

7.2 Cleaning....................................................................................................................................................... 164


7.2.1 Cleaning the ADF.......................................................................................................................................... 164
7.3 Consumables and Replacement ................................................................................................................... 168
7.3.1 Consumables ................................................................................................................................................. 168
7.3.2 Checking and Resetting the Consumables Counters ..................................................................................... 168
7.3.3 Replacing the Brake Roller ........................................................................................................................... 169
7.3.4 Replacing the Pick Rollers ............................................................................................................................ 171

Chapter 8 Imprinter .................................................................................................................. 173


8.1 Imprinter Specification ............................................................................................................................. 173
8.1.1 Printing Specification ................................................................................................................................. 173
8.1.2 Imprinter Installation Specification ............................................................................................................ 174
8.1.3 Names of Component Parts ........................................................................................................................ 175
8.1.3 Dimensions ................................................................................................................................................. 176
8.2 Operation .................................................................................................................................................. 177
8.2.1 Operation .................................................................................................................................................... 177
8.2.2 Block Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 178
8.3 Unpacking and Installation of Imprinter ................................................................................................... 179
8.3.1 Unpacking................................................................................................................................................... 179
8.3.2 Installing / Removing the Imprinter............................................................................................................ 180
8.3.3 Installing the Print Cartridge....................................................................................................................... 184
8.3.4 Operating Test ............................................................................................................................................ 186
8.4 Maintenance Parts for Imprinter ............................................................................................................... 187
8.4.1 Sensor OPB5............................................................................................................................................... 188
8.4.2 IM Holder ASSY ........................................................................................................................................ 188
8.4.3 IM Pinch ASSY .......................................................................................................................................... 189
8.4.4 Feed Motor.................................................................................................................................................. 189
8.4.5 IM Holder Lever ......................................................................................................................................... 190
8.4.6 FPC Cable................................................................................................................................................... 190
8.4.7 PR Cable ..................................................................................................................................................... 191
8.4.8 IM Felt ........................................................................................................................................................ 191
8.4.9 Thumb Screw.............................................................................................................................................. 192
8.4.10 IMP CT ..................................................................................................................................................... 192
8.4.11 Junction PCA ............................................................................................................................................ 193
8.4.12 Sensor OP ................................................................................................................................................. 193
8.5 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................................ 194
8.6 Maintenance Procedure............................................................................................................................. 195
8.6.1 For Safety Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 195
8.6.2 Maintenance Tools...................................................................................................................................... 195
8.6.3 (Reserved)................................................................................................................................................... 195
8.6.4 Parts replacements in the Print Section....................................................................................................... 196
8.6.4.1 IM Holder Lever ...................................................................................................................................... 196
8.6.4.2 IM Pinch ASSY ....................................................................................................................................... 197
8.6.4.3 Junction PCA ........................................................................................................................................... 198
8.6.4.4 IM Holder ASSY / FPC Cable................................................................................................................. 199
8.6.5 IMP CT ....................................................................................................................................................... 201
8.6.6 Parts inside of Fix Unit ............................................................................................................................... 203
8.6.6.1 Sensor OPB5............................................................................................................................................ 203
8.6.6.2 Sensor OP ................................................................................................................................................ 205
8.6.6.3 Feed Motor............................................................................................................................................... 206
8.6.6.4 PR Cable .................................................................................................................................................. 208
8.6.6.5 IM Felt ..................................................................................................................................................... 209
8.6.7 Thumb screw .............................................................................................................................................. 211
8.7 Adjustment / Setting ................................................................................................................................. 212
8.8 Imprinter Basic Operation......................................................................................................................... 213
8.8.1 Positioning the Print Cartridge.................................................................................................................... 213
8.8.2 How to Use the Paper Guides ..................................................................................................................... 213
8.8.3 Print Setup .................................................................................................................................................. 215
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

8
231

8.8.4 Removing Jammed Documents .................................................................................................................. 218


8.9 Daily Care ................................................................................................................................................. 219
8.9.1 Cleaning the Print Cartridge ....................................................................................................................... 219
8.9.2 Cleaning the Imprinter ................................................................................................................................ 220
8.9.3 Cleaning the Rollers.................................................................................................................................... 221
8.9.4 Replacing the Print Cartridge...................................................................................................................... 222

Appendix 1 Screws..................................................................................................................... 224


Appendix 2 Emulation Mode .................................................................................................... 229

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

9
231

Section 1.1

Chapter 1

Overview

1.1 Scanner Overview


1.1.1 Features
The fi-6670/fi-6670A, image scanner offers up to A3 sized paper scanning through the ADF. It provides faster
color document scanning speed than the preceding model (fi-5650C) and has the following features:
- Initiate scanning from the scanner with Send to or Scan/Stop button
- Ultra SCSI or USB 2.0 interfaces
- Wide range of paper weight
- Ultrasonic multifeed detection
- Selectable background color (black or white) in the ADF.
An imprinter (option) can be installed on the scanner.

1.1.2 Scanner Specification


No.
1
2
3
4

6
7

Item
Operating method
Image sensor
Light source
Optical resolution
Output
Binary
resolution
Grayscale
Color
Internal video processing
Video output format

ADF

Scanning speed
(Calculated)
(Note 1)

Paper size

Maximum
permissible
document width

Specification
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Color CCD (Charge-coupled device) x 2
White cold cathode discharge lamp x2
600dpi x 600dpi (main scanning x sub-scanning)
50-600dpi
50-600dpi
50-600dpi
1024 levels
Monochrome: 1 bit/pixel
Grayscale:8 bit/pixel
(R,G,B, Non-Dropout)
4bit/pixel(Generated by the device driver)
Color: 8bit and 24 bit/pixel
8bit and 4bit/pixel(Generated by the device driver)
Simplex (ppm)
Duplex (ipm)
90
180
Binary/Gray/
Color
70
140
80

160

60

120

47

94

30

60

30

60

22

44

Remarks
ADF front/back

@A4, Landscape,
200 dpi,
@A4, Portrait,
200 dpi,
@A4, Landscape,
300 dpi,
@A4, Portrait,
300 dpi,
@A4,Landscape,
400 dpi,
@A4,Portrait,
600 dpi,
@A4,Landscape,
600dpi,
@A4
Portrait,
600dpi,

Minimum A8 Portrait (52 x 74mm)


Maximum A3 Portrait (297 x 420mm)
or 11x17 (279.4 x 431.8mm)
Note) 3m (120 in.), Binary/Grayscale/Color long page
scanning available (Note 2)
297 mm (width of A3 Portrait)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

10
231

Section 1.1.2
(contd)

No. Item
8
ADF
(cont) (cont)

Interface

10
11

Image processing function


Image compression

Specification
A4/Letter Size or Smaller : 0.04mm to 0.25mm
(31 to 209 g/m2, or 8.3 to 56.1 lb)
Over A4/Letter size : 0.06 mm to 0.25 mm
(52 to 209g/m2,or 13.8 to 56.1 lb)
A8 size : 0.152mm to 0.25mm
(127 to 209 g/m2, or 33.8 to 56.1lb)
Chute: Maximum 200 sheets at A4, 20 lb, or 80 g/m2
Stacker: Maximum 300 sheets at A4, 20 lb, or 80 g/m2
Front side down
Yes (Standard)
Ultrasonic sensor or Length check sensor
Ultrasonic sensor and Length check sensor
White / Black selectable
(Front and back shall be the same color. Default is White)
- Standard I/F
Ultra SCSI (Half-pitch 50 pin) x 1
fi-6670 USB2.0 x 1
fi-6670A - CGA (fi-6670: Option)
Ultra SCSI (Half-pitch 68 pin) x 1
USB2.0 x 1
Error diffusion, Dither (Standard)
Hardware real-time JPEG compression (standard)

12

Image memory

384MB x 2 (Total of 768MB)

13
14
15

Energy Star compliance


Driver
Operator panel

Yes
FJ TWAIN, ISIS
Buttons: Scan/Stop, Send to, Function
Lamps: Power, Scanner status (Function Number Display)

16

Bundled Software

18

Option

-FJ Twain
-ScandAll PRO
-ISIS
-QuickScan PRO (demo version)
-Adobe Acrobat (latest version)
-Software Operation Panel (demo version)
-Visual Error Recovery Guide
Image Processing Software V2.5
-VRS_4.2
Item
Specification
Function
Imprinter
fi-667PR
Letter printing on the
option
PA03576-D101
document
CGA option
fi-677CGA
Image processing
(fi-6670 only)
PA03576-K001
(Threshold)

Paper thickness
(weight)

Capacity of ADF
Sheet setting
Multifeed
detection
Background

Remarks

Stacker position
is Bottom.
Refer to Section
1.1.7.

*Can
be
connected
to
either of standard
I/F or CGA.

Only
for
Grayscale, Color
Not possible to
enhance
Note 3

Supplied
DVD-ROMs

by

Refer to Chapter 8
Processing speed is
deteriorated
slightly a bit.
Software IPC

Note 1) Actual scanning speed may be slow due to the system environment of the scanner.
Scanning speed for color is calculated with compression and Ultra SCSI or USB 2.0 interface.
Note 2) The feeding error rate is not applicable when the paper is longer than A3 or 11 x 17.
To specify length 864mm or over, resolution must be 200dpi or less.
Long page scanning may make the scanning speed deteriorated.
Note 3) Automatically sleep mode works, if scanner is not used.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

11
231

Section 1.1.3

1.1.3 Environmental Specification


No.
1

Items
Outer dimension

Specifications
641 (W) x 432 (D) x 300 (H) mm *1

Installation space

1179 (W) x 686 (D) x 390 (H) mm *2

Weight

17kg (37.5lb) or less

4
5

Noise
Input
power

Power
consumption

Environmental
condition

Voltage range
Phase
Frequency range
Operating
Not operating
Sleep mode
Temperature
Humidity

Calorific value

53 dB or less
AC100V to 240V 10%
Single phase
50/60Hz 3Hz
216 W or less (Rated power)
88W or less (at stand-by)
fi-6670: 6W or less
fi-6670A: 9.1W or less
Operating:
5 to 35 oC (41 to 95 oF)
Not operating: -20 to 60 oC (-4 to 140 oF)
Operating:
20 to 80 %
Not operating: 8 to 95 %

Operating

186Kcal/Hr or less

Not operating

76Kcal/Hr or less (at stand-by)

Sleep mode

fi-6670: 5.2Kcal/Hr or less


fi-6670A: 7.8Kcal/Hr or less

*1: Width The operator panel excluded.


Depth ADF Paper Chute and Stacker excluded.
*2: Reference value when scanning A4 size documents

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

12
231

Section 1.1.4

1.1.4 Appearance
[Front]
4

Exit side

5
2

12

Feeder side

10
11

No.

Parts name

Stacker

2
3
4

Stacker Extension
Paper Stopper
ADF (Automatic Document Feeder)

5
6

ADF Buttons
Side Guide

ADF Paper Chute

8
9

Paper Chute Extension


Operator Panel

10
11

Cable Cover
Hole for power switch and power inlet

12

Side Guide Button

Function
Scanned documents are ejected from the ADF onto this stacker.
The height of the stacker is adjustable. It is also removable.
Pull out the extension according to the document length.
Raise it if the documents loaded are long.
Feeds documents to the scanning position automatically. Documents
are fed sheet by sheet when loaded for batch scanning. Both sides of
documents can be scanned at one time.
Open the ADF. Push the button down while opening the ADF.
Prevents document from being skewed during feeding. Adjust the
guide to the width of the documents loaded.
Holds the pages/sheets that are to be fed into the ADF.
Documents should be loaded face down.
Pull out when scanning a long size documents.
The Operator Panel includes a Function Number Display,
operating push buttons, and a Check LED. Used to operate
the scanner and monitor its status.
Two panels are included; one on each side.
You can use whichever is convenient for you. The panels are
of quick-open type, and can be folded back in place when
not used.
Covers the AC cable and interface cables.
Power switch and power inlet are available with the cable cover
closed.
Adjusts the position of the Side Guide when kept pressed. Locks the
Side Guide at the position when this button is released.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

13
231

Section 1.1.4
[Sides]
Exit side

Feeder side (Inside of cable cover)


10

5
No.
1
2
3
4

Parts name
EXT Connector
Main Power Switch
Power Connector
Third-Party Slot
(CGA board)
* Refer to [Interface] for details.
USB Interface Connector
* Refer to [Interface] for details.
SCSI ID Switch
* Refer to [Interface] for details.
SCSI Interface Connector
* Refer to [Interface] for details.
Certification Label

Manufacturing Label

5
6
7

Function
A connector for connecting to the imprinter option
Used to turn scanner ON and OFF.
Connects a power cable.
Location where a CGA Interface Card or optional boards are installed.
* fi-6670: Used when CGA board is extended as option.
* fi-6670A: Standard equipment
Connects a USB interface cable.
Used to configure a SCSI ID. (ID=5 by factory setting)
The ID which has been set here is reflected to the SCSI-ID of the CGA.
Connects a SCSI interface cable.

fi-6670
PA03576B50

17

10

Electric Shock Hazard Label

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

14
231

Section 1.1.4
[Interface]
CGA slot (fi-6670)

fi-6670

USB connector

SCSI connector

SCSI ID switch
CGA board (fi-6770A)

fi-6670A

SCSI connector

USB connector

SCSI connector

When connected to each interface, the name displayed on the Windows screen differs as shown in the table below.

Scanner
model
fi-6670
fi-6670A

Scanner driver

Display
Connector position

FUJITSU TWAIN32

Scanner (SCSI/USB connector) side

fi-6670dj

fi-6670

fi-6670dj

fi-6670

FUJITSU ISIS

CGA board side (option)


Scanner (SCSI/USB connector) side

Kofax VRS
Kofax VRS Scanner

CGA board side

Kofax VRS Scanner

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

15
231

Section 1.1.4
[Operator Panel]

[LED]
Power ON or OFF can be
confirmed with the cover closed.
Function
Check LED

Function Number Display


Send to

Name
Function Number Display
Button Function
Send to

Scan / Stop

LED

Power / Power LED


Check LED

Power (LED)

Scan / Stop

Function
Indicates the function number and Error status (alarm).
Changes the Function activated by the [Send to] button.
Launches the linked application software to run scanning, etc.
Resets an error.
Launches the Software Operation Panel when C is displayed on the Function
Number Display. (Keep pressing more than 1 second to activate.)
Launches the linked application software to run scanning, etc.
Resets an error. (Keep pressing more than 1 second to activate.)
Cancels ongoing scanning (Initializes the Function Number Display.).
Turns the scanner ON and OFF. Lights in green when the scanner is turned ON.
Lights (in orange) when an error occurs.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

16
231

Section 1.1.5

1.1.5 Outer Dimensions


Unit: mm

(300)

(329)
(192)

(128)

(641)

(28)

(28)

(432)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

17
231

Section 1.2.2

1.1.6 Document Specification


- Recommended Document Type
- Woodfree paper
- Paper containing wood
- Paper thickness
Paper thickness is expressed by the Paper weight specification. The following paper weights are available for ADF scanning.
When scanning paper other than the type or weight listed above, perform a test-scan with a few sheets before executing the
actual task in order to check whether or not the document can be scanned.
A8
A7 ~ A5
A4 / Letter / Legal
Paper size
31 to 209.3 g/ m2
127~209.3 g/ m2
Paper weight

B4
A3 / 11x17
52.3 to 209.3 g/m2

Portrait orientation only available for the following sizes of documents:


A8, Legal, B4, A3, 11x17
- Precautions

Feeding
direction

30mm or more

Scanning the following documents through the ADF is not recommended


3mm
or less

- Document of non-uniform thickness (e.g. envelopes)


- Wrinkled or curled documents (See right figure)
- Folded or torn documents

Leading edge

- Tracing paper

Scanned side

- Coated paper
- Carbon paper
- Carbonless paper

30mm or more

- Photosensitive paper

Feeding
direction

- Perforated or punched documents


5mm
or less

- Documents that are not square or rectangular


- Very thin documents

Leading edge

- Photo (developing paper)

Scanned side

Do not scan the following documents through the ADF:


- Paper-clipped or stapled documents
- Documents where the ink is still wet
- Documents smaller than A8 (Portrait) in size
- Documents larger than A3 (297mm) size
- Documents other than paper such as fabric, metal foil or transparencies
- Important documents such as certificates and cash vouchers that must not get scratched or become smeared

Carbonless paper contains chemical substances that may harm the Brake Rollers or paper-feeding rollers (e.g. Pick Rollers)
when documents are fed. Pay attention to the following:
Cleaning: If document jams occur frequently, clean the Brake Rollers and the Pick Rollers.
Replacing parts: The service life of the Brake Rollers and the Pick Rollers for scanning carbonless paper may be
shorter than that for scanning wood containing paper.
The service life of the Brake Rollers and the Pick Rollers for scanning wood containing paper may become shorter than
that for scanning woodfree paper.
The Brake Rollers or Pick Rollers could be damaged if any photos or sticky notes on your document have contact with the
Brake Rollers or Pick Rollers during scanning.
Scanning documents of calendered paper, such as photos, ay damage their surface.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

18
231

Section 1.2.5

1.1.7 Multi feed Detection Conditions


One of the following 3 methods of multi feed detection is available in the scanner.
- Check overlapping (Ultrasonic)
- Check length
- Check overlapping and length
The following conditions are required for each selection:
1) Check overlapping
- Paper weight: 31 ~ 209g/m2 (0.04 ~ 0.26mm)
- Punched holes are not allowed within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- Other paper shall not be glued within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- No other paper should be attached to the paper being scanned (photos, receipts, etc.)
2) Check length
- Document length deviation: 1 % or less
- Punched holes are not allowed within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
3) Check overlapping and length
- Paper weight: 31 ~ 209g/m2 (0.04 ~ 0.26mm)
- Document length deviation: 1 % or less
- Punched holes are not allowed within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- Other paper shall not be glued within 35 mm (1.4 in.) of the vertical centerline of the document
- No other paper should be attached to the paper being scanned (photos, receipts, etc.)
When overlapping check is specified and glued paper or electro-statically charged paper is fed, a false multi feed may occur.
Multi feeds may be detected erroneously depending on the condition of the documents.
Read reference position

Leading edge

Front
side
Feeding
direction

Trailing edge

Center of paper
(Unit: mm)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

19
231

Section 1.2.1

1.2 ADF Unit


1.2.1 ADF
(1) Paper separation
The Pick arm is usually raised except when scanning operation is performed. When the Empty sensor detects that documents
are loaded on the ADF paper chute and PC starts scanning, the Pick arm presses documents onto the Pick roller to insure proper
picking. The Pick roller rotates to send the lowest document to the ADF. Documents are separated respectively by the
Separation roller and the Brake roller. The Pick sensor detects paper jams. The DF sensor detects whether there is notch on the
leading edge of paper (Job separation sheet). The Ultrasonic sensor and the DF sensor detect when multifeed errors occur. The
TOP sensor located at the Feed roller determines when to begin scanning. The front side of a document is scanned by the lower
optical unit, and backside is scanned by the upper unit. The scanned documents are deposited on the stacker by the Feed rollers.
When the Pick sensor detects the trailing edge of a document, the next document is picked.
The paper feeding unit also includes the Cover open sensor and Pick arm position detection sensor.
Brake roller
Optical unit for backside
(Optical unit ADF)

ADF paper chute


Pick arm

TOP sensor

Feed roller
Switch unit for front side
(Background unit B)

Empty sensor

Feed roller

Pick roller
Pick rollers
Separation roller

Switch unit for backside


(Background unit F)

Ultra sonic sensor


(US) sensor
Optical unit for front side
(Optical unit ADF)

DF sensor (OMR sensor)


Pick sensor on the back

(2) Consumables
The Pick roller and Separation roller are included in the pick roller. The Brake roller is sold separately. These items are
consumables and are the users responsibility to replace (Refer to Section 7.3.1 for details).
The scanner supports two consumable counters, the brake roller counter and the pick roller counter. These counters indicate
the number of sheets scanned since each consumable has been replaced. Users can check the counters from the Scanners and
Cameras in Windows Control Panel or the Software Operation Panel on the PC or using the scanner built-in Maintenance
mode. They can also reset the counters from these locations after the consumables have been replaced. (Refer to Section 7.3
for details.)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

20
231

Section 1.2.1
(3) Motor drive system
The Pick roller, Separation roller and Chute roller are turned by the Pick motor. The Feed roller and Eject roller are turned by
the Feed motor. The Pick arm and background are driven up and down by the respective BW motors. The motor drive circuit
is located on the Control PCA. If abnormal electric current runs through the motor drive circuit, the current is cut off by the
motor fuses located in the Control PCA.

Feed motor
Feed roller
Eject roller

Pick arm position detection sensor


(sensor)

Background drive motor


(BW motor)

Pick arm drive motor


(BW motor)

Background position detection sensor


(sensor)

Pick arm

Pick roller

Brake roller
Separation roller
Chute roller

White background (backside)


White background (front side)

Pick motor

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

21
231

Section 1.2.2

1.2.2 Reading Station


(1) Optical system
Documents shall be set in the ADF paper chute, front side face down. The front side of the document is scanned by the lower
Optical unit in the ADF, and the backside of the document is scanned by the upper Optical unit in the ADF. These two optical
units have the same parts number.
The image on the document is projected to a color CCD through a lens and mirror system and converted to image signals that
are 10 bit per pixel at 600 dpi resolution.
(2) Light source and heater
The scanner uses two lamps (White cold cathode discharge lamp) for ADF front / ADF back respectively which lights the
scanning area of front and back side in order to get sufficient CCD output. The lamp is turned ON or OFF by an inverter that is
controlled by the Control PCA.
The life of the lamps is approximately 10,000 hours, which means the lamps last the life of the scanner.
The lamps have heaters and thermistors attached, which are controlled to stabilize the lamp temperatures while the power is
supplied. The power of the lamps and heaters are cut OFF during sleep mode.
The ADF Optical units have two lamps with heaters respectively. To replace the lamps, the corresponding Background unit
needs to be replaced.
(3) Scan controller
Before scanning a document, the scanner scans the white background of the scanning position and adjusts the gain of the CCD
amplifier. If the CCD output does not reach a reference level after the gain adjustment, an Optical alarm is issued.
White

Stored in White level memory

255

Standard output

Low output
Optical alarm
Initial output

Black

Pixel
Left edge

Center
Figure 1.2.2 AGC (Automatic Gain Control)

When the gain adjustment is completed successfully, the scanner feeds the document to the scanning position at the speed that
corresponds to the specified scanning resolution. The leading edge of the document is detected by the TOP sensor in front of the
scanning position. The document is fed from the TOP sensor by some defined length for front and back side scanning (the
length which determines sub-scanning offset), the scanner starts scanning the image. The scanner terminates the scan operation
when the length specified from the host is scanned (Fixed size scanning) or when the TOP sensor detects the trailing edge of the
document (Page end detection scanning).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

22
231

Section 1.3

1.3 Controller
(1) Control PCA
The Control PCA controls the units in the block diagram below by 2 types of software, one for interface control (SDC) and
another for mechanical control (MDC). The firmware can be updated through the SCSI/USB interface using the firmware
update tool. Firmware version number can be confirmed in the procedure described in Section 6.1.7.
SIRIUS-US

Therm

istors

ME2-CTA

Sensor

Receive US sensor

DF

Image

process

IF
IF
output

Feeding
motor driver

Pick
motor driver

Sensor

Detection

Temperature monitoring

ME-BP

Motor

IMP-CT

Option

ME2-CCD

(Option)

control

AFE
AFE
AFE

Pressure
motor driver

Therm

Fan

CPU

LVDST/R

Background motor driver

Lamp

heater

istors
Send
ultra
conic
sensor

TPS/IPC

CCD

ME2-CCD
LVDST/R
LVDST/R
AFE
AFE
AFE

/
Lamp/heater
control
/

Motor

CCD
LVDST/R

Lamp

heater

control

ME2-CSLA

EEPROM

SW
SW
SW
SW

Function No.
8LED
display/LED

ME2-CSLB
SW
SW
SW
SW

Function No.
8LED
display/LED

Figure 1.3 Function Block Diagram


The Control PCA includes the following connectors and a switch exteriorly.

DC voltage input connector

EXT connector (for Imprinter, option)

SCSI connector (1)

USB connector (1)

SCSI ID setting rotary switch


CGA board (SCSI connector x1, USB connector x1) fi-6670A only

Connector for third party slot (for CGA option) fi-6670 only

If both the SCSI and USB cables are connected at the same time,
-

SCSI is selected when SCSI selection phase is recognized first.

USB is selected when USB H level VBUS signal is detected first.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

23
231

Section 1.3

(2) Panel PCA


This scanner has two placement methods, one of which places the ADF paper chute at the right side, another places it at the left.
For easy operation at either setting, two operator panels are available (Section 1.1.4 for the button and lamp allocation).
Therefore, two Panel PCAs (Panel PCA A/Panel PCA B) are provided. Both have the same functions but only the Panel PCA A
has the EEPROM that records the information below. When replacing the Panel PCA A with a new one, you need to save all the
data stored in the EEPROM to the Control PCA temporarily (Section 6.2). Once the Panel PCA is replaced, the data that was
copied to the Control PCA needs to be copied to the new Panel PCA A (Section 6.1.8).

Magnification correction value for main/sub-scanning direction / Offset correction value for main/sub-scanning
direction

White level correction value

Values of Brake roller counter and Pick roller counter

Firmware version number, First date of the scanner operation, the number of documents scanned by ADF

Remaining ink, Print cartridge counter (only when the Imprinter is installed)

(3) Sleep mode


If a scan operation is not performed for over the specified period, the scanner automatically goes into the Sleep mode. This
specified period is set at 15 minutes at the factory. However, you can change the period for this mode by the Software
Operation Panel in Section 7.1.3. During this mode, the lamp heaters turn off and the Function Number display is turned OFF,
only the power LED remains ON.
Perform one of the operations below to return from the Sleep mode.
- Set document on the ADF paper chute.
- Press either of buttons on the operator panel.
- Execute a command from the scanner driver.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

24
231

Section 4.4

1.4 Cable Connection Diagram

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

25
231

Section 4.5

1.5 Diagram of Power Supply System


ADF unit
ADF motor

F1
Motor
24V

2.5A
F2

Pick arm drive BW motor

2.5A

Background drive BW motor


PIC motor

Lamp
24V

Control
PCA
Ext. FAN:
24V
5V

5V for CUT
15V

Inverter
(ADF front unit)

2.5A
F3
2.5A

Inverter
(ADF back unit)

F4
1.5A
F8
5A
F6
4.0A
F7
2.5A
Regulator

Fan
Imprinter
Regulator

Operator panel A
TPS board

Operator panel B

Logic
circuit
12V Logic
circuit

The Pin assignment of the connector between Power supply and Control PCA (CN15) is as follows.
PIN 1

CONNECTOR(CN15)

PIN 2
PIN 3

+24V
GND
-15V

PIN 4

GND

PIN 5

+15V

PIN 6

ON/OFF

SIGNAL

PIN 7

+5V

PIN 8

+5V

PIN 9

GND

PIN 10

GND

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

26
231

Section 2.1

Chapter 2

Installation

2.1 Unpacking the Scanner

Injury: This scanner weighs 17kg, 37.5lb. (Shipping weight: 25kg, 55.1lb.). One person lifting the scanner may cause
personal injury.
Follow the procedure below to unpack the scanner. Make sure that all the accessories are included in the package.
(1) Cut the tape and open the box.
(2) Remove the appended goods box.
(3) Remove the cushions TF and TR, and then remove the scanner from the box.
(4) Remove the scanner from the polyethylene bag.
(5) Remove all the accessories and remove the tape protecting the scanner.
The following table lists the packaging configuration.
No.

Items

Quantity

Appended goods box (Items included: ADF paper chute, stacker, CD-ROM, Manual, etc.)

Cushion TR

Cushion TF

Scanner in Polyethylene bag

Cushion BR

Cushion BL

Lower package box

1
Appended goods box

ADF paper chute

Cushions (T)

Scanner

Cushions (B)

Polyethylene bag

Outer box

Figure 2.1 Packaging configuration


05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

27
231

Section 2.2.1

2.2 Installing the Scanner


2.2.1 For Safety Installation
Before installing the scanner, read the following precautions carefully to avoid scanning trouble.
Refer to Section 1.1.3 Environmental Specification for information on input power and Section 1.1.5 for outer dimensions.

Install the scanner away from strong magnetic fields and other sources of noise.
Do not install the scanner near heating apparatus or in the direct sunlight.
Install the scanner in a location which is level and subject to minimal vibration.
Do not install the scanner in locations subject to humidity and dust.
Do not block the ventilation ports.
Protect the scanner from static electricity.
Use attached AC Cable, and use proper AC voltage.

Make sure the rubber pads on the bottom of the scanner are level on the table or desk.

2.2.2 Installation
Install the scanner by following the procedures below.
1)

Place the scanner at its installation site.

2)

Attach the Chute ASSY and the Stacker ASSY on the scanner (Section 5.7.1, 5.7.3).

3)

Open the Cable Cover and connect the scanner to the PC either with a USB or SCSI cable. Refer to Section 1.1.4 for the
positions of the connection ports.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

28
231

Section 2.2.2
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3

Note 4

4)

Use either the USB interface or the SCSI interface.


If Kofax VRS is not used on the fi-6670A, connect the cable to USB Connector 1 or SCSI Connector 1 on the
scanner.
When using the USB interface:
Be sure to use the USB cable which comes as an accessory with this scanner.
When connecting to an USB hub, use the first stage USB hub that is closest to the computer. If you
use the second or later hub stages, the scanner may not operate correctly.
If you connect the scanner with USB 2.0, it is required that the USB port and the Hub be compliant
with USB 2.0. The scanning speed slows down when you connect the scanner with USB 1.1.
When using the SCSI interface, the following SCSI cable and CSCI card must be purchased.
SCSI cable:
Use a SCSI cable whose connector on the computer side mates the connector on the SCSI card
attached to your computer.
On the scanner side, use either of the following SCSI cable types depending on the connector (1 or
2) used:
SCSI Connector 1: 50-pin high-density type
SCSI Connector 2: 68-pin high-density type
SCSI card:
Find the recommended SCSI card information on the Fujitsu website (FAQ):
http://www.fujitsu.com/global/support/computing/peripheral/scanners/scsi/
In a SCSI daisy chain configuration, connect the scanner so that it is the terminated device.
The SCSI ID initially set at the factory is [5]. If the SCSI ID of another SCSI device is set to the
same ID, change the scanner's SCSI ID to either one of [0] through [7].

Connect the Power cable to the Power Connector of your scanner to the power outlet.

1. Be sure to use the supplied power cable. Use of other power cables may cause electrical shock or
malfunction.
2. Do not use the supplied power cable for other products. Doing so may cause electrical shock or malfunction.
5)

Close the Cable Cover. (Let the cables out from the side slots of the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

29
231

Section 2.2.2
6)

Install the bundled software.


The following scanner drivers and application software are included with the scanner.
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y

FUJITSU TWAIN 32 (Scanner driver)


FUJITSU ISIS (Scanner driver)
Software Operation Panel (For configuring the scanning operation and consumable control)
Error Recovery Guide (When a scanner error occurs, a guide to resolve the error can be displayed on the screen.)
ScandAll PRO (demo version) (FUJITSU TWAIN 32/ISIS scanner driver needs to be installed)
QuickScan ProTM (trial) (FUJITSU ISIS scanner driver needs to be installed)
Scan to Microsoft SharePoint (Software for uploading the images scanned by ScandAll PRO onto SharePoint site)
Image Processing Software Option * (Software option for binary-image-processing to the scanned images)
Kofax VRS * (Software option for creating high-quality images with an easy operation)
Manual
Adobe Acrobat 8.1 Standard
*: Enclosed with fi-6670A.

Installing the TWAIN 32 / ISIS scanner driver automatically installs the scanner configuration program (Software
Operation Panel) simultaneously.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

30
231

Chapter 3

Chapter 3

Maintenance Parts

04

fi-6670

fi-6670A

Old/New

Quantity
No.

Description

Part Number

PA03576-D820
0

ADF UNIT

1
2
3
4
5

INVERTER
US SENSOR

6
7
8

US PCA
SENSOR
PICK SENSOR

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

ADF FIX UNIT


OPTICAL UNIT ADF

PA03576-D880

PA03576-D821
PA03576-D805
PA03576-D801
PA03338-D815

5.9.1

3.36

Includes ADF FIX UNIT and


ADF REV UNIT.
See the Note *1 when using Old
or New part.

PA03334-F902

1
1
1
1

5.9.2
5.12.1
5.12.4
5.12.2
5.10.3

3.1
3.19
3.3
3.5
3.6

PA03338-K906
PA03338-D816
PA03338-D845

1
1
1

1
1
1

5.10.4
5.10.5
5.10.2

3.7
3.8
3.9

For detecting hopper empty

DF SENSOR

PA03338-D817

5.10.8

3.10

Black (of black/transparent per


set)

PICK MOTOR
HK RING ME
PANEL UNIT A
PANEL PCA A
PANEL UNIT B
PANEL PCA B

PA03576-D803
PA03338-D941
PA03576-D824
PA03576-D825
PA03576-D826
PA03576-D827
PA03576-D822
PA03576-D881
PA03576-D805
PA03576-D802
PA03338-D815

1
1

1
1

5.12.3
5.12.5
5.7.4
5.7.4
5.7.5
5.7.5

3.12
3.13
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32

5.9.2

3.2

BACK GROUND UNIT F

ADF REV UNIT

17
18
19
20

OPTICAL UNIT ADF


INVERTER
US SENSOR

21
22

Remarks

1
1
1
1

16

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

O
N

PA03334-F902

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

5.11.2
5.11.8
5.11.1
5.10.6

3.19
3.4
3.5
3.6

SENSOR

PA03338-D816

5.11.3
5.11.6

3.8

DF SENSOR

PA03338-D817

5.10.8

3.10

5.10.1
5.11.3
5.11.5
5.11.4
5.11.4
5.10.7
5.11.7

BACK GROUND UNIT B

23

GUIDE S ASSY

PA03576-D815

24

BW MOTOR

PA03338-D822

25
26
27
28

FEED MOTOR
BELT ADF
TOP SENSOR
SENSOR OP

PA03576-D804
PA03338-D915
PA03338-D826
PA03338-D917

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

*1:

Replacement
Appearance
Procedure

For scanning the front side

4 pieces per set

See the Note *1 when using Old


or New part.

For scanning the backside


For detecting pick arm position
For
detecting
background
position
Transparent (of black/transparent
per set)

3.11
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18

The New maintenance part has a ball bearing for the shaft bearing at the Feed roller side.
This part is applied to the scanner with version A2 and later.
When replacing the part on the scanner with version A2 or later, be sure to replace it with the New part.
The Old part is compatible with the New part as follows:
Old New: Compatible, New Old: Not compatible

[How to confirm the scanner version]


The last number that is deleted with the double
strike-through is the scanner version.
The illustration of theMODEL
manufacturing label
indicates 100-240V 2.0-0.9A 50/60Hz 1
fi-6x70
the version A2.
PART NO.
PA03576-B00*
A 0 1 2 3 4 5

SER.NO.
DATA

****** 35kg
****-**

6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

[ Barcord Print Area ]

PFU Limited

MADE IN ***********

a Fujitsu company

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

31
231

Chapter 3
04
<Maintenance Parts - Contd)
Description

Part Number

29
30

CONTROL PCA
DIMM

PA03576-D823
PA03576-D839

31

FUSE 1

PA03576-D841

fi-6670

fi-6670A

Old/New

Quantity
No.

Replacement
Appearance
Procedure

Remarks

5.8.4
5.8.7

3.20
3.35

5.8.5

3.22

Rated current: 630mA


Nennstrom: 630 mA

3.23

Rated current: 2.5A


Nennstrom: 2,5 A

3.24

Rated current: 4.0A


Neestrom: 4,0 A

*3 05
32

FUSE 2

PA03576-D842

5.8.5

*4 05
33

FUSE 3

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

(Reserved)
POWER SUPPLY
FAN ASSY
CGA BOARD
DIMM
STACER ASSY
CHUTE ASSY
CHUTE ROLLER

PA03576-D843

5.8.5

*5 05
PA03338-D840
PA03338-D847
PA03576-K801
PA03576-D839
PA03576-D808
PA03573-D809
PA03338-D933

1
1
(1)
(1)
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

5.8.2
5.8.3
5.8.6
5.8.6
5.7.3
5.7.1
5.7.2

3.25
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.26
3.27
3.28

*2
*2

*2: If the CGA option [fi-677CGA] is installed on the fi-6670, order the same part.
05
*3: Silk-printed number on the Fuse for fi-6670X: F2
Use the specified Fuse only.
*4: Silk-printed numbers on the Fuses for fi-6670X: F1, F3, F5
Use the specified Fuses only.
*5: Silk-printed number on the Fuse for fi-6670X: F9
Use the specified Fuse only.
*3: Seidendrucknummer auf der Sicherung fr fi-6670X: F2
Verwenden Sie nur die angegebene Sicherung.
*4: Seidendrucknummer auf den Sicherungen fr fi-6670X: F1, F3, F5
Verwenden Sie nur die angegebenen Sicherungen.
*5: Seidendrucknummer auf der Sicherung fr fi-6670X: F9
Verwenden Sie nur die angegebene Sicherung.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

32
231

Section 3.1

3.1 ADF FIX Unit


Description

ADF FIX UNIT

Parts No.

PA03576-D822

Remarks
The following parts are included:
Optical unit ADF, Background unit F, Inverter, US sensor, US PCA,
Sensor (for detecting hopper empty), Pick sensor, DF sensor, Pick
motor, HK Ring ME
White level adjustment sheet and Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet are
enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test, sub-scanning
magnification adjustment, offset adjustment, white level adjustment and
ultrasonic sensor adjustment, and reset the consumable counters.

3.2 ADF Rev Unit


Description

ADF REV UNIT

Parts No.

Remarks

04
PA03576-D822 (Old)
PA03576-D881 (New)

The following parts are included:


Optical unit ADF, Background unit B, Inverter, US sensor,
Sensor (for detecting pick arm position and background position),
DF sensor, Guide S ASSY, BW motor, Feed motor, Belt ADF,
TOP sensor, Sensor OP
The following adjustment sheets and labels are enclosed.
[Adjustment sheet]
- White level adjustment sheet
- Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet
[Manufacturing label]
- Label for fi-6670
- Label for fi-6670A
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test, sub-scanning
magnification adjustment, offset adjustment, white level adjustment
and ultrasonic sensor adjustment, and reset the consumable
counters. 04
The New maintenance part has a ball bearing for the shaft bearing
at the Feed roller side.
This part is applied to the scanner with version A2 and later.
When replacing the part on the scanner with version A2 or later,
be sure to replace it with the New part.
The Old part is compatible with the New part as follows:
Old New: Compatible, New Old: Not compatible

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

33
231

Section 3.3

3.3 Back Ground Unit F


Description

Parts No.

BACK GROUND UNIT F

Remarks
Includes the lamp for front side scanning and the
background for backside scanning.
White level adjustment sheet is enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the offset
adjustment and white level adjustment.

PA03576-D801

3.4 Back Ground Unit B


Description

Parts No.

BACK GROUND UNIT B

Remarks
Includes the lamp for backside scanning and the
background for front side scanning.
White level adjustment sheet is enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the offset
adjustment and white level adjustment.

PA03576-D802

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

34
231

Section 3.5

3.5 Inverter
Description
INVERTER

Parts No.

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the white level
adjustment.

PA03338-D815

3.6 US Sensor
Description
US SENSOR

Parts No.

Remarks
Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet is enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the ultrasonic
sensor adjustment.

PA03576-F902

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

35
231

Section 3.7

3.7 US PCA
Description
US PCA

Parts No.

Remarks
Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet is enclosed.
After replacing this part, perform the ultrasonic
sensor adjustment.

PA03334-K906

3.8 Sensor
Description
SENSOR

Parts No.
PA03338-D816

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

36
231

Section 3.9

3.9 Pick Sensor


Description
PICK SENSOR

Parts No.
PA03338-D845

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

3.10 DF Sensor
Description
DF SENSOR

Parts No.
PA03338-D817

Remarks
2 pieces are a pair.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

37
231

Section 3.11

3.11 Guide S ASSY


Description
GUIDE S ASSY

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03576-D815

3.12 Pick Motor


Description
PICK MOTOR

Parts No.

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
magnification adjustment.

PA03576-D803

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

38
231

Section 3.13

3.13 HK Ring ME
Description
HK RING ME

Parts No.

Remarks
4 pieces per set
After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

PA03338-D941

3.14 BW Motor
Description
BW MOTOR

Parts No.
PA03338-D822

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

39
231

Section 3.15

3.15 Feed Motor


Description
FEED MOTOR

Parts No.

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

PA03576-D804

3.16 Belt ADF


Description
BELT ADF

Parts No.

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

PA03338-D915

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

40
231

Section 3.17

3.17 Top Sensor


Description
TOP SENSOR

Parts No.

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sub-scanning
magnification adjustment and offset adjustment.

PA03338-D826

3.18 Sensor OP
Description
SENSOR OP

Parts No.
PA03338-D917

Remarks
After replacing this part, perform the sensor test.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

41
231

Section 3.19

3.19 Optical Unit ADF


Description

Parts No.

OPTICAL UNIT ADF

Remarks
The following parts are enclosed.
- White level adjustment is enclosed.
- OPT SPACER B (Use it when the one for
backside scanning is lost)
After replacing this part, perform the offset
adjustment and white level adjustment.

PA03576-D805

3.20 Control PCA


Description

CONTROL PCA

Parts No.

Remarks
Includes the replaceable fuses.
Use the specified Fuses only.
Verwenden Sie nur die
Sicherung

PA03576-D823

angegebene
05

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

42
231

Section 3.21

3.21 (Reserved)
3.22 Fuse 1
Description
FUSE 1

Parts No.

Remarks
Rated current: 630mA
Nennstrom: 630 mA

PA03576-D841

F2
F2
05

3.23 Fuse 2
Description
FUSE 2

Parts No.

Remarks
Rated current: 2.5A
Nennstrom: 2,5 A

PA03576-D842

F1, F3, F5
F1, F3, F5
05

3.24 Fuse 3
Description
FUSE 3

Parts No.

Remarks
Rated current: 4.0A
Nennstrom: 4,0A

PA03576-D843

F9
F9
05

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

43
231

Section 3.25

3.25 Power Supply


Description
POWER SUPPLY

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03338-D840

3.26 Stacker ASSY


Description
STACKER ASSY

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03576-D808

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

44
231

Section 3.27

3.27 Chute ASSY


Description
CHUTE ASSY

Parts No.
PA03576-D809

Remarks
Including Chute roller.

3.28 Chute Roller

Description
CHUTE ROLLER

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03338-D933

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

45
231

Section 3.29

3.29 Panel Unit A


Description
PANEL UNIT A

Parts No.

Remarks
Includes Section 3.30 (Panel PCA A).
EEPROM data have to be saved before this unit is
replaced and restored after replacement.

PA03576-D824

3.30 Panel PCA A


Description
PANEL PCA A

Parts No.

Remarks
There is a sticker of A on this PCA to show that
this is Panel PCA A.
EEPROM data have to be saved before this unit is
replaced and restored after replacement.

PA03576-D825

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

46
231

Section 3.31

3.31 Panel Unit B

Description
PANEL UNIT B

Parts No.
PA03576-D826

Remarks
Includes Section 3.32 (Panel PCA B).

3.32 Panel PCA B


Description
PANEL PCA B

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03576-D827

There is a sticker of B on this PCA to show that


this is Panel PCA B.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

47
231

Section 3.33

3.33 Fan ASSY


Description
FAN ASSY

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03338-D847

3.34 CGA Board


Description
CGA BOARD

Parts No.
PA03576-K801

Remarks
For fi-6670A only
DIMM is NOT installed.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

48
231

Section 3.35

3.35 DIMM
Description
DIMM

Parts No.

Remarks

PA03576-D839

Two DIMMs are installed (standard).


One more DIMM is installed on the CGA board on fi-6670A.

Model
name

The number of
DIMMs on
Control PCA

The number of
DIMMs on
CGA Board

Total

Remarks

fi-6670

Not in use

CGA board is not installed on fi-6670 as standard,


but fi-677CGA can be installed as an option.

fi-6670A

3.36 ADF Unit


Description

ADF UNIT

Parts No.

Remarks

04
PA03576-D820 (Old)
PA03576-D880 (New)

ADF FIX UNIT and ADF REV UNIT are included.


White level adjustment sheet and Ultrasonic sensor adjustment sheet are
enclosed.
04
The New maintenance part has a ball bearing for the shaft bearing at the
Feed roller side.
This part is applied to the scanner with version A2 and later.
When replacing the part on the scanner with version A2 or later, be sure
to replace it with the New part.
The Old part is compatible with the New part as follows:
Old New: Compatible, New Old: Not compatible

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

49
231

Section 4.1

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting

This section describes the self-diagnostic functions of the scanner, temporary errors and detection algorithms, and how to
troubleshoot them.

4.1 Operator panel display sequence at power-on


The following display is shown during initial processing (self-diagnostics).
Function No. Display

Power LED

Check LED

ON

OFF

Description
Displays 8 without blinking.
Immediately after power-on, the scanner turns all the segments ON.

When the initial processing starts, the following is displayed.


Function No. Display

Power LED

Check LED

ON

OFF

Description
Displays P without blinking.
Indicates the scanner
(self-diagnostics).

is

currently

in

initial

processing

When the intensity of the lamp becomes near the reference value, the following is displayed.
Function No. Display

Power LED

Check LED

ON

OFF

Description
Displays 0 without blinking.
Indicates the light intensity of the lamp almost reaches the reference
value.

When the initial processing terminates properly, the following is displayed.


Function No. Display

Power LED

Check LED

ON

OFF

Description
Displays default Function No. without blinking.
Indicates the scanner is in ready state.

The Function No. is incremented by 1 every time the Function button is pressed. After Function No. 9 is displayed, the number
changes to C and then returns to 0.
Any error at initial processing (self-diagnosis) appears on the Function Number Display.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

50
231

Section 4.2

4.2 Temporary Errors and Alarms


4.2.1 Temporary Errors
Temporary errors occur during scanning operation and can be remedied by the operator. They are displayed on the PC screen
through the driver or on the operator panel.
The display and detection algorithm of the temporary errors are described below.
Temporary error display
When a temporary error occurs, the scanner displays the followings:
Function No. Display
Power LED Check LED Description (supplement)
ON
ON
Displays U or J and an error number (0 ~ 9) alternately.
(orange)
Example)
When error U0 occurs, the display sequence is:
U SP 0 SP
* SP signifies Light off: Displays nothing.
The interval of the display changes is about 0.5 second.
When Scan/Stop or Send to button is pressed while an error is displayed, the Function Number display returns to the Ready
status.

4.2.2 Alarms
Alarms require maintenance by an authorized service person. The following table shows the display and detection algorithm for
alarms. The alarms are displayed on a PC screen and/or on the operator panel (Function Number display).
When an alarm occurs, the scanner displays the followings on the operator panel:
Function No. Display
Power LED
Check LED
Description (supplement)
ON
ON
Displays A, C, E, F, H, or L and an error number
(orange)
(0 ~ 9) alternately.
Example)
When error E0 occurs, the display sequence is:
E SP 0 SP
* SP signifies Light off: Displays nothing.
The interval of the display changes is about 0.5 second.
When Scan/Stop or Send to button is pressed while an error is displayed, the Function Number display returns to the Ready
status.

4.2.3 Error Recovery Guide


If the application Error Recovery Guide (Section 2.2.2) is installed in the PC, the corresponding error name and
error code are displayed on the PC screen when any error or scanner alarm comes up.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

51
231

Section 4.3

4.3 Troubleshooting
When a temporary error or an alarm occurs, find the troubleshooting procedure from the list in this section and go to the related
section for maintenance. Before starting the troubleshooting, get the following information from your customer to understand
whether the error is scanner-related or system-related.

Is the scanner operated correctly?


Are the fault symptoms reproducible by some setting of the driver?
(Check if the target scanner causes the same error by connecting with other computer system.)

Following table lists the case of troubleshooting described later in this section.
Scanner section
[Category: Device]
Error description
Scanner does not turn ON.
(No display on the operator panel)
Scanning does not start.
Scanned image is distorted.

Related
section

Error Recovery Guide message

4.3.1

---

4.3.2
4.3.3

-----

[Category: Image]
Error description
Resolution or gradation of scanned image is
unsatisfactory.
Too much jitter on scanned image
Scanned image is misaligned
Magnification of scanned image is incorrect
Vertical streaks appear in scanned image
Calibrating white level of scanned image
[Category: Temporary error]
Function
No.Display
Error description
Check LED
None
No paper on the ADF paper chute
--J1
Paper jam
ON
J9
ON
J2
ON
U4
ON

Related
section
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.3.7
4.3.8
4.3.9

Error Recovery Guide message


-------------

Related
section

Error Recovery Guide message

4.3.10

No Document in Hopper [038003 20]

4.3.11

Top sensor jam [038001 31]


Pick error [038001 50]
Eject jam [038001 36] Pick sensor jam [0380013A]

Paper jam

Dirty roller [038001 39]

Multi feed

4.3.12

Multifeed Detected (Length) [038007 56]


Multifeed Detected (US sensor) [038007 58]

ADF cover open

4.3.13

Open Cover [038002 , 40]

[Category: Alarm]
Function
No.Display
Error description
Check LED
C0
Memory (LSI) alarm
ON
C0
LSI alarm
ON
C8
Internal communication alarm
ON

Related
section

Error Recovery Guide message

4.3.29

LSI1(VDCC3)Memory Read-Write error [044400 , E5]


LSI2(Pisces) Memory Read-Write error [044400 , E6]
LSI1(VDCC3) [044400 , E9]
LSI2(Pisces) [044400 , EA]

4.3.30

MDC command timeout1 [044400 , F0]

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

52
231

Section 4.3
Scanner section
[Category: Alarm] (Contd)
Function
No.Display
Error description
Check LED
E2
Optical alarm (ADF front)
ON
E3
Optical alarm (ADF back)
ON
E6
Operator panel alarm
ON
E7
EEPROM alarm
ON
E8
SCSI fuse blown

Related
section

AGC Control Failure(ADF front) [048006 , 74]


4.3.16
AGC Control Failure(ADF back) [048006 , 75]
4.3.19

---

4.3.20

EEPROM Alarm [044400 D2]

4.3.21

---

Image memory alarm

4.3.22

Memory malfunction 044400 F5


044400 F6
044400 F7
044400 F8

Flash RAM alarm

4.3.31

---

Drive system (pick arm) alarm

4.3.17

Pick arm overrun [048005 , C4]

Drive
system
switchover) alarm

4.3.26

Front-side Background overrun [048005 , C2]

Fan alarm

4.3.27

FAN Stop [048007 , EC]

Motor fuse blown

4.3.17

Motor fuse alarm [048001 , 81]

TPS fuse blown

4.3.26

---

Lamp fuse blown

4.3.18

Lamp fuse alarm [048003 , 84]

E9
ON
F
F2
ON
F4
ON
F6
ON
H1
ON
H5
ON
H7
ON
L6
ON
L9
ON
-----

Error Recovery Guide message

(Background

Ultrasonic sensor alarm

Sensor malfunction [044400 02]


4.3.28

OMR sensor alarm

OMR sensor malfunction [044400 03]

Optical alarm

4.3.16

Dirty optical system(front) [048006 , 72]


Dirty optical system(back) [048006 , 73]

IPC (option board) alarm

4.3.26

IPC timeout [048008 , ED]

--Illegal command

4.3.32

Interface alarm

4.3.33

---

Invalid command [052000 FA]


Invalid CDB field [052400 FA]
Unsupported logical unit (LUN) [052500 FA]
Invalid field parameter list [052600 FA]
Command sequence error [052C00 FA]
Wrong windows combination [052C02 FA]
Message error [0B4300 FC]
Select/Reselect Failure [0B4500 FC]
SCSI parity error [0B4700 FC]
Initiator Detected Error Message Received [0B4800 FC]
Overlapped Command Attempted [0B4E00 FC]
Image transfer error [0B8001 FC]

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

53
231

Section 4.3
Imprinter section
[Category: Temporary error]
Function
No.Display
Error description
Check LED
J1
Paper jam
ON
U5
Imprinter cover open
ON
U6
No ink cartridge
ON
U7
U7: Imprinting position error
ON
[Category: Imprinter Alarm]
Function
No.Display
Error description
Check LED
A0
A1
A2
Imprinter alarm
A3
A4
ON
H6
Imprinter fuse blown
ON
--Imprinter does not operate initially
--No imprinting/Imprinting distortion
--Imprinting form is dirty

Related
section

Error Recovery Guide message

4.3.11

Paper JAM Imprinter [038001 . 5A]

4.3.13

Imprinter Cover Open [038002 4A]

4.3.14

No Head [038010 B4]

4.3.15

Imprinting position detection error [038014 B9]

Related
section

Error Recovery Guide message

4.3.23

Imprinter Error (RAM) [048010 B2]


Imprinter Error (Communication Timed Out) [048010 B3]
Imprinter Error (Printer head) [048010 B5]
Imprinter Error (EEPROM) [048010 B6]
Imprinter Error (ROM) [048010 B8]

4.3.27

Imprinter fuse alarm [048011 , B1]

4.3.34
4.3.35
4.3.36

-------

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

54
231

Section 4.3.1

The troubleshooting should be conducted from item number 1 to the last item number in each table.
Continue the troubleshooting until the error is resolved.

4.3.1 Scanner Does not Turn ON (No display on the Operator Panel)
Item
No.
1

2
3
4
5
6

Check items

How/where to check

Is the AC cable connected correctly?


Does the same symptom occur after
turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Connect the AC cable to a different wall
outlet.
Replace AC cable and see if the error is
resolved.
Replace Panel PCA A or Panel PCA B
and see if the error is resolved.
Replace Power supply and see if the
error is resolved.
Replace Control PCA and see if the error
is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
----Refer to Section 5.7.4, 5.7.5.
Refer to Section 5.8.2.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.2 Scanning Does not Start


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom appear after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Check the items listed in the right
column.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Is the AC cable connected properly?
Is the interface cable (SCSI or USB) connected properly?
Is the SCSI ID correctly set?
Is there documents loaded on the ADF paper chute?
Is the ADF cover completely closed?
If any temporary error or alarm is indicated, follow the
corresponding troubleshooting.

4.3.3 Scanned Image is Distorted


Due to the loose contact in connectors, cut wire in cables, or defective parts, scanned images may have regular consistent or
random patterns of distortion on them.
Item
No.
1

3
4

Check items

How/where to check

Check the items listed in the right Is the interface cable (SCSI or USB) connected properly?
column.
If any temporary error or alarm is indicated, follow the
corresponding troubleshooting.
Are the cables between the Control PCA ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
and the Optical unit ADF damaged? Or ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
are the connectors connected properly?
Replace the Optical unit ADF and see if ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
the error is resolved.
ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

55
231

Section 4.3.4

4.3.4 Resolution or Gradation of Scanned Image is Unsatisfactory


Item
No.
1

2
3
4

5
6

Check items

How/where to check

Check the items listed in the right Does the document satisfy the paper specifications described
column.
in the Section 1.1.6?
Are the scan settings (resolution, density) correctly specified
in the application software used for the document being
scanned?
Is the interface cable (SCSI or USB) connected correctly?
If any temporary error or alarm is indicated, follow the
corresponding troubleshooting.
Clean the reading section (glass) and see Refer to Section 7.2.
if the error is resolved.
Clean the Feed rollers and Plastic rollers Refer to Section 7.2.
and see if the error is resolved.
Is the Optical unit ADF dirty?
Refer to Sections 5.3.1 and 7.2 for the cleaning of Optical unit
Are the cables damaged?
ADF.
Are the connectors for the Optical unit or
Background unit connected properly?
Replace the Optical unit and see if the ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
error is resolved.
ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
Replace the Background unit and see if ADF back scanning: Replace Background unit F by referring to
the error is resolved.
Section 5.12.1.
ADF front scanning: Replace Background unit B by referring to
Section 5.11.8.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the Refer to Section 5.8.4.
error is resolved.

4.3.5 Too Much Jitter on Scanned Image


The following shows a sample of scanned image when Jitter error occurs. This error occurs when the ADF feed roller do not
transport the document smoothly.
Scanned image with jitter
Normal scanned image
Item
No.
1
2
3

5
6
7
8
9
10

Check items
Does the document satisfy the paper
specification?
Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
Check the Pick roller and Brake roller
counter. Is it about the time to replace
them?
Are the cables between the Control PCA
and the Feed motor damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
Is the Optical unit ADF installed
correctly?
Is the Belt ADF installed correctly?
Is the Belt ADF damaged?
Replace Feed motor and see if the error
is resolved.
Replace the Optical unit ADF and see if
the error is resolved.
Replace the ADF unit and see if the error
is resolved.

How/where to check
Refer to Section 1.1.6 for the document specification.
Refer to Section 7.2.
Check the consumable counter in the software operation panel
or in the built-in Maintenance mode (Section 6.1.6). When the
counter exceeds the values shown in Section 7.3.1, replace the
Pick roller or the Brake roller.
Refer to Sections 5.8.4 and 5.11.4.

ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.


ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
Refer to Section 5.11.4.
Refer to Section 5.11.4.
Refer to Section 5.11.4.
ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
ADF Unit: Section 5.9.1
ADF Fix Unit: Section 5.9.2
ADF Rev Unit: Section 5.9.2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

56
231

Section 4.3.6

4.3.6 Scanned Image is Misaligned


Item
No.
1

2
3
4

5
6
7

Check items

How/where to check

Check the items listed in the right column.

Does the document satisfy the paper specifications


described in section 1.1.6?
Are the scan settings (document size, etc.) correct in the
application software used?
Refer to Section 7.2.

Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic


rollers and see if the error is resolved.
Adjust the offset by Maintenance mode.
Check the Pick roller and Brake roller
counter. Is it about the time to replace
them?
Is the Optical unit ADF installed
correctly?
Replace the defective Optical unit ADF
and see if the error is resolved.
Replace the ADF unit and see if the error
is resolved.

Refer to Section 6.1.4.


Refer to Section 6.1.6.

ADF front: Section 5.12.1.


ADF back: Section 5.11.2.
ADF front: Section 5.12.1.
ADF back: Section 5.11.2.
ADF Unit: Section 5.9.1.
ADF Fix Unit: Section 5.9.2.
ADF Rev Unit: Section 5.9.2.

4.3.7 Magnification of Scanned Image is Incorrect


Item
No.
1
2

3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10

Check items

How/where to check

Check the items listed in the right


column.
Does the abnormal magnification occur
horizontally (main scanning direction) or
vertically (sub-scanning direction)?
Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
Is there a foreign object in the roller
section of the ADF, affecting the rotation
of the Feed rollers?
Adjust the vertical magnification in the
Maintenance mode.
Is the Belt ADF loose?
Replace the Feed motor and see if the
error is resolved.
Is the Optical unit ADF installed
correctly?
Replace the defective Optical unit ADF
and see if the error is resolved.
Replace the ADF unit and see if the error
is resolved.

Are the scan settings (resolution, etc.) correct in the application


software used?
Sub-scanning direction: Go to item No.3
Main scanning direction Go to item No.8
Refer to Section 7.2.
Referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.4, remove the ADF cover,
and check the ADF belt.
Refer to Section 6.1.3.
Refer to Section 5.11.4.
Refer to Section 5.11.4.
ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.
ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.

ADF Unit: Section 5.9.1


ADF Fix Unit: Section 5.9.2
ADF Rev Unit: Section 5.9.2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

57
231

n 4.3.8

4.3.8 Vertical Streaks Appear in Scanned Image


Item
No.
1
2

Check items
Check the items listed in the right
column.
When vertical streaks appear on the front
side image, clean the scanning area of the
front side and the front side background
unit (photo on the right).

How/where to check
Is the interface cable connected properly?
Cleaning ADF: Refer to Section 7.2

Front side background

Backside scanning area

When vertical streaks appear on the


backside image, clean the scanning area
of the backside and the backside
background unit (photo on the right).

Front side scanning area

Backside background

Front side: Vertical streaks and cleaning position are left-right


reversal.
Backside: Vertical streaks and cleaning position are on the same side.
Vertical streaks at left of front
image: Clean right side.

Vertical streaks at left of


back image: Clean left side.
3

5
6

Inside of the glasses at the scanning area


or white reference may be dirty.
Replace the Background unit.
Is the Optical unit dirty?
Are the cables damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
Replace the Optical unit and see if the
error is resolved.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Background unit F: Section 5.12.4.


Background unit B: Section 5.11.8.
Refer to Sections 7.2, 5.11.2 and 5.12.1.

ADF front scanning: Section 5.12.1.


ADF back scanning: Section 5.11.2.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

58
231

Section 4.3.9

4.3.9 Calibrating White Level of Scanned Image


Item
No.
1

Check items

How/where to check

Check the items listed in the right


column.

Are the scan settings (density, number of colors) correct for


the application software used?
Is the sheet guide (White part) in the ADF dirty?
Refer to Section 6.1.5.

Perform the white level adjustment in


Maintenance mode.

4.3.10 No Paper on the ADF Paper Chute


Item
No.
1
2
3

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Is there a slip of paper left near the
Empty sensor?
Check the performance of the Empty
sensor.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Open the ADF and check inside visually.
Enter Maintenance mode #1 (Section 6.1.2) to check the sensor
operation.
If the error still occurs, confirm that the cable is correctly
connected then replace the sensor (Section 5.10.5).

4.3.11 J1, J9: Paper Jam


Item
No.
1
2

3
4

5
6

Check items
Do the documents satisfy the paper
specification?
Have the documents been prepared
properly?

Is the imprinter EXT cable connected to


the scanner properly?
Clean the Pick roller, the Separation
roller, the Brake roller and the Chute
roller and see if the error is resolved.
Clean the Feed rollers and the Plastic
rollers and see if the error is resolved.
Replace the Pick roller, the Brake roller
and the Chute roller, and see if the error
is resolved.

Check the performance of the Pick arm.

8
9
10

12

Check the performance of TOP sensor.


Is the Pick sensor malfunctioning?
Check whether the Sensor OPB5 lever
moves smoothly.
If not, install it
properly.
If the imprinter rollers do not rotate,
replace the Feed motor.
Replace the Imprinter Control PCA.

13

Replace the scanner Control PCA.

11

How/where to check
Refer to Section 1.1.6 for the paper specifications.

Align the edge of documents for stable paper feeding.


Remove documents with creases or dog-ear corners.
Scanning different widths documents may cause skew
and result in paper jam.
(only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to the cable in 1 of Section 1.1.4 [Sides].
Refer to Section 7.2.

Refer to Section 7.2.


Check the consumable counter in the built-in Maintenance
mode (Section 6.1.6). When the counter exceeds the values
shown in Section 7.3.1, replace the Pick roller or the Brake
roller.
If it does not perform correctly, replace BW motor (pick arm
side). Refer to Section 5.11.3.
Refer to Section 6.1.2.
Refer to Section 6.1.2.
(only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to Section 8.6.6.2.
Replace the Sensor OPB5 if it is damaged.
(only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to Section 8.6.6.3.
(only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to the Section 8.6.5.
(only when the imprinter is installed)
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

59
231

Section 4.3.12

4.3.12 J2: Multi feed


Item
No.

Check items

How/where to check

Do the documents satisfy the paper


specification?

Are the document handled well?

Clean the ADF unit.

Replace the Pick roller and the Brake


roller and see if the error is resolved.

Check the performance of the Ultrasonic


sensor and the DF sensor.

Refer to Section 1.1.6 for paper specification, paying attention


to the following points:

Is multifeed error detected by paper length when


scanning documents with different length?

Are there perforations in the center of the documents?


Check whether the paper is handled as described in step (2) of
Section 7.1.2.
Refer to Section 7.2 for cleaning cycle and method. Clean the
Pick roller, the Brake roller, the Ultrasonic sensor and the DF
sensor with care.
Check the consumable counter in the built-in Maintenance
mode (Section 6.1). When the counter exceeds the values
shown in Section 7.3.1, replace the Pick roller or the Brake
roller.
Enter Maintenance mode #8 (Section 6.1.9) and adjust the
ultrasonic sensor.
If the error still occurs, confirm that the cables are correctly
connected then replace the corresponding sensor.
US Sensor: Section 5.10.3
US Sensor: Section 5.10.6
US PCA: Section 5.10.4
DF Sensor: Section 5.10.8

4.3.13 U4: ADF Cover Open / U5: Imprinter cover open


Item
No.
1
2
3

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Is there a slip of paper left near Cover
open sensor?
Check the performance of Cover open
sensors.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Open the ADF and check inside visually.
- Enter Maintenance mode (Section 6.1) to check the sensor
operation.
- If the error still occurs, confirm that the cable is correctly
connected.
- If the error still occurs, replace the sensors by following the
sections below:
ADF cover open sensor: Section 5.11.7
Imprinter cover sensor: Section 8.6.6.2

4.3.14 U6: No Ink Cartridge (with the Imprinter installed)


Item
No.
1
2

3
4

Check items
Check whether the print cartridge is
installed properly.
Remove the Print cartridge and check to
see if the electrodes on the mounting
bracket are dirty.
Replace the Print cartridge and see if the
error is resolved.
The communication between the Print
cartridge and the Control PCA may be
defective. Confirm connection with the
parts on the right, and replace if
necessary.
Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and
see if the error is resolved.

How/where to check
Refer to Section 8.3.3.
Clean if dirty. Refer to Section 8.9.

Refer to Section 8.3.3.


Parts to be checked
- Holder ASSY: Section 8.6.6.4
- PR cable: Section 8.6.6.4
- Junction PCA: Section 8.6.4.3
Refer to Section 8.6.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

60
231

Section 4.3.15

4.3.15 U7: Imprinting position error (with the Imprinter installed)


Item
No.
1

Check items

How/where to check

Check whether the imprinting position is


specified within the printable area. (Refer
to Section 9.1.1 for the printable area and
Section 9.3.2 for the print setup.
The communication between the Print
cartridge and the Control PCA may be
defective. Confirm connection with the
parts on the right, and replace if
necessary.
Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and
see if the error is resolved.

Confirm whether the printing position or printing length is out


of the printable area.

Parts to be checked
- Holder ASSY: Section 8.6.4.4
- PR cable: Section 8.6.6.4
- Junction PCA: Section 8.6.5
Refer to Section 8.6.5.

4.3.16 E2 or E3: Optical Alarm


Ref) E2: ADF front side scanning optical alarm (lower optical unit ADF)
E3: ADF backside scanning optical alarm (upper optical unit ADF)
Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
E2: Is the upper glass (white sheet guide)
of the reading section dirty?
E3: Is the lower glass (white sheet guide)
of the reading section dirty?
E2: Is the lower Optical unit ADF dirty?
E3: Is the upper Optical unit ADF dirty?
Are the cables damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
E2: Is the lower lamp ON?
E3: Is the upper lamp ON?
Are the cables damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Open the ADF, and clean the sheet guide (white part) and the
glass (Section 7.2).

Refer to Section 7.2.


Optical unit ADF (for front side scanning): Section 5.12.1
Optical unit ADF (for backside scanning): Section 5.11.2
Disconnect the SCSI cable and turn the scanner ON. Open the
ADF and press ADF cover open sensor as shown below to see
if the ADF lamps light. If not, the error is caused by defective
lamps or inverter.
If upper lamp does not light:
Refer to Background unit B in Section 5.11.8.
If lower lamp does not light:
Refer to Background unit F in Section 5.12.4.

ADF cover open sensor


5

Replace the lower Optical unit ADF and


see if the error is resolved.
Replace the upper Optical unit ADF and
see if the error is resolved.

E2 (ADF front): Section 5.12.1.


E3 (ADF back): Section 5.11.2.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

61
231

Section 4.3.17

4.3.17 F2: Drive System (Pick Arm) Alarm / H1: Motor Fuse Blown
Item
No.
1
2

3
4

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Fuses (F1, F2) and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.
F1: Motors for Pick motor and Feed motor
F2: Background switchover, Motor for pick arm
Remove the Control PCA and inspect (Section 5.8.4).

Are there any foreign objects lying on


the Control PCA?
Are the cables between the Control PCA
and the motor damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
Is the coil resistance of the motor
normal?

Pick motor: Refer to Section 5.12.3.


BW motor: Refer to Section 5.11.3 (Pick arm drive)
or Section 5.11.5 (Background switchover mechanism).
Feed motor: Refer to Section 5.11.4.
Remove the motor cable to check the coil resistance between
the following pins of the motor.
1) Pick motor unit, Feed motor
Pick motor
Feed motor
Resistance 2-1, 2-3: approx. 1.7 Ohms
Resistance 5-4, 5-6: approx. 1.7 Ohms
Resistance 1-3, 4-6: approx. 3.4 Ohms
Other match:
Infinite
(1)

(4)

(2)

(5)

(3)

(6)

V cc

2) BW motor
BW motor
approx.20 Ohms
approx.20 Ohms
approx.40 Ohms
Infinite

Resistance 1-2, 1-3, 1-4:


Resistance 2-3, 2-4, 3-4:
Resistance 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4:
Other match:
(1)

(3)

(5)

(4)

(2)

Replace the Control PCA and see if the


error is resolved.

Replace the corresponding motor if the resistance is abnormal.


Refer to Section 5.8.4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

V cc

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

62
231

Section 4.3.18

4.3.18 H7: Lamp Fuse Blown


Item
No.
1
2

3
4

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Fuses (F3, F5) and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.
F3: Front side lamp
F5: Backside lamp
Remove the Control PCA and inspect (Section 5.8.4).

Are there any foreign objects lying on


the Control PCA?
Are the cables between the Control PCA
and the lamps damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Referring to the following sections, check the cables (pink and


blue lines).
Lamp for ADF front: Section 5.12.4.
Lamp for ADF back: Section 5.11.8.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.19 E6: Operator Panel Alarm


Item
No.
1
2
3

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Check if the cable is firmly connected.
The Panel PCA mounted on the scanner
may have been used in the past (An error
may have occurred on this Panel PCA in
the past) .Replace the Panel PCA with a
new one and see if the error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Sections 5.7.4 and 5.7.5.
Install the new Panel PCA after saving the EEPROM data
(Panel PCA A: Section 5.7.4, Panel PCA B: Section 5.7.5).
Then conduct Maintenance mode #7 to restore the EEPROM
data by referring to Section 6.1.8.

4.3.20 E7: EEPROM Alarm


Item
No.
1
2
3

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Panel PCA A and see if the
error is resolved.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Replace the Section 5.7.4.
Replace the Section 5.8.4.

4.3.21 E8: SCSI Fuse Blown


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Was this error caused by the SCSI cable
connected to the scanner or other SCSI
devices?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
The scanner is available even if this type of scanner alarm
occurs. Go to step 3 only if you want to repair the scanner.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

63
231

Section 4.3.22

4.3.22 E9: Image Memory Alarm


Item
No.
1
2
3

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the DIMM and see if the same
symptom occurs.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.7.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.23 A0~A4: Imprinter Alarm (with the Imprinter installed)


Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Check items
Check whether the print cartridge is
installed properly.
Replace the print cartridge and see if the
error is resolved.
Is the imprinter EXT cable connected to
the scanner properly?
Does the same symptom occur after
turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and
see if the error is resolved.
Replace the scanner Control PCA and see
if the error is resolved.

How/where to check
Refer to Section 8.3.3.
Refer to Section 8.3.3.
Refer to Section 8.3.
Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 8.6.5.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.24 F4: Drive System (Background Switchover) Alarm


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Are the cables between the Control PCA,
the BW motor (for driving background
switch mechanism) and sensors (for
detecting
background
position)
damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?
Check if the BW motor performs
correctly.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF, and
press the I area to turn it ON.
BW motor (background switchover mechanism drive):
Section 5.11.5.
Sensor (background position detection): Section 5.11.6.

ADF cover open sensor

Open the ADF, turn ON the power while pressing the ADF
cover open sensor.
- If Background unit B on upper ADF does NOT operate, BW
motor is not operating correctly. Replace the parts in the
following order and find defective parts.
1) BW motor (Background switchover mechanism drive,
Section 5.11.5)
2) Background unit F (Section 5.12.1)
and Background unit B (Section 5.11.8)
3) Control PCA (Section 5.8.4)
- If Background unit B on upper ADF operates correctly, replace
the parts in the following order and find defective parts.
1) Sensor for background position detection (Section 5.11.6)
2) Background unit F (Section 5.12.4)
and Background unit B (Section 5.11.8)
3) Control PCA (Section 5.8.4)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

64
231

Section 4.3.25

4.3.25 F6: Fan Alarm


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Check if the fan ASSY cable is not
damaged and if the connectors are
connected correctly, then replace the fan
ASSY.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF, and


press I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.3.

Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.26 H5: TPS Fuse Blown


Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Fuse (F9) and see if the error
is resolved.
Check that the optional board (TPS
board) is securely installed.
Replace the optional board (TPS board)
and see if the error is resolved.
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.5.
Refer to Section 5.8.6.
Refer to Section 5.8.6.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.27 H6: Imprinter Fuse Blown (with the Imprinter installed)


Item
No.
1
2

3
4
5
6

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Fuse (F9) and see if the error
is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,
and remove the Imprinter option. Ten minutes later, press the
I area of the power switch to turn it ON.
- Imprinter fuse is blown: Go to step 3.
- Imprinter fuse is not blown: Go to step 5.
Remove the Control PCA by referring to Section 5.8.4, and
inspect it.
Refer to Section 5.8.4. Closed.

Are there any foreign objects lying on the


scanner Control PCA?
Replace the scanner Control PCA and see
if the error is resolved.
Are there any foreign objects lying on the
Imprinter Control PCA?
Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and
see if the error is resolved.

Refer to Section 8.6.5.


Refer to Section 8.6.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

65
231

Section 4.3.28

4.3.28 L6: Ultrasonic Sensor Alarm / L9: OMR Sensor Alarm


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Are the cables between the Control PCA
and the sensors damaged?
Are the connectors connected properly?

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to the following sections.
Pick sensor: Section 5.10.2
DF sensor: Section 5.10.8
Top sensor: Section 5.10.7
Sensor (Empty sensor): Section 5.10.5
Sensor OP (ADF cover open sensor): Section 5.11.7
Refer to the following sections.
Pick sensor: Section 5.10.2
DF sensor: Section 5.10.8
Top sensor: Section 5.10.7
Sensor (Empty sensor): Section 5.10.5
Sensor OP (ADF cover open sensor): Section 5.11.7
US PCA: Section 5.10.4
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

Replace each sensor and the US PCA


and see if the error is resolved.

Replace the Control PCA and see if the


error is resolved.

4.3.29 C0: LSI Alarm


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to section 5.8.4.

4.3.30 C8: Internal Communication Alarm


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.31 F: Flash RAM Alarm


Item
No.
1
2

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.32 Illegal Command


Item
No.
1

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner and
PC?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

66
231

Section 4.3.33

4.3.33 Interface Alarm


Item
No.
1

Check items

How/where to check

Does the same symptom occur after


turning OFF and ON the scanner and
PC?
Replace the Control PCA and see if the
error is resolved.

Press the O area of power switch to turn the scanner OFF,


and press the I area to turn it ON.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.34 Imprinter does not operate initially (when Imprinter is installed)


Item
No.
1
2
3

Check items
Check if the Imprinter EXT cable is
connected properly.
Replace the Imprinter Control PCA and
see if the error is resolved.
Replace the scanner Control PCA and
see if the error is resolved.

How/where to check
The cable shown in Section 8.3.
Refer to Section 8.6.5.
Refer to Section 5.8.4.

4.3.35 No imprinting / Imprinting Distortion (with the Imprinter installed)


Item
No.
1
2

3
4

Check items
Check if the screen in Section 9.3.3 is
displayed.
Turn ON/OFF several times, and try
imprinting again.
Does the same
symptom occur?
(Be sure to turn OFF the scanner after it
becomes READY.)
Clean the print cartridge nozzle and see if
the error is resolved.
The communication between the print
cartridge and the Control PCA may be
defective. Confirm the connections with
the parts on the right, and replace if
necessary.

How/where to check
Replace the print cartridge if displayed to do so.
(Refer to Section 8.3.3)

Refer to Section 8.9.


Parts to be checked
- Holder ASSY: Section 8.6.4.4
- PR cable: Section 8.6.6.4
- Junction PCA: Section 8.6.4.3

4.3.36 Scanned Form is Dirty (with the Imprinter installed)


Item

Check items

How/where to check

No.
1

Is the sheet guide of the Imprinter dirty

If dirty, clean it by referring to Sections 8.9.1 to 8.9.3.

with ink?
2

Replace the Felt.

Refer to Section 8.6.6.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

67
231

Section 5.1

Chapter 5

Maintenance Procedure

This chapter describes how to replace maintenance parts, and clean the scanner to ensure normal operations. When assembling
the maintenance parts, conduct necessary cleaning when instructed in this manual.

5.1 For Safety Operation


Please read this page carefully before disassembling or assembling.

WARNING

Electric shock
Before disassembling or assembling, turn the power switch off, and unplug the AC power source
from the outlet. If you do not do this, an electric shock may occur.

Injury
Be careful not to get your fingers, hair, clothes or accessories caught in a moving part.
It may cause injury.

Machine damage
Static Electricity may cause the damage to the scanner.
When repairing the scanner, wear a wrist strap to avoid ESD.

Notes when cleaning


When cleaning the scanner, be careful not to allow foreign matter, such as dried ink and toner, to fall
inside the scanner.

How to unlock plastic hooks


Many parts of the scanner are held in place with plastic hooks.
When removing parts that are held in place with hooks, be very careful not to break the hooks.
Pull out the latch to unlock, then pull up on the assembly to remove.

Do not use excessive force when


removing parts held in place with hooks.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

68
231

Section 6.2

5.2 Periodic Maintenance


Periodic maintenance should be performed on the scanner at the following intervals.
Item

Maintenance cycle

Periodic maintenance

Every 12 months

During a service call, clean the ADF if dirty (Sections 5.3 and 7.2).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

69
231

Section 6.3.1

5.3 Cleaning
5.3.1 Cleaning the Optical Unit ADF
Clean the Optical unit ADF using the following procedure.
1)

To clean the Optical unit ADF for front side scanning (lower parts in ADF), remove the Optical unit ADF by
following the procedure in Section 5.12.1.
To clean the Optical unit ADF for backside scanning (upper parts in ADF), remove the Optical unit ADF by
following the procedure in Section 5.11.2.

2)

Remove any paper dust on the mirrors of the Optical unit ADF with blow brush (photo below). Do not use
compressed air which may build up condensation on the mirrors.

Blow brush
Do not disassemble any parts of the Optical unit (PCAs and mirrors) as mentioned in Section 5.5.

5.3.2 (Reserved)
5.3.3 (Reserved)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

70
231

Section 5.4

5.4 Maintenance Tool


Special tools to maintain this scanner are shown in the table below.
No.
1

Tools

When to use

Remarks

Philips screwdriver

For M3, M4 screws

Alcohol

Cleaning

Blow brush

Cleaning mirrors

Ethyl alcohol or isopropyl alcohol

Glove or cloth

Handling CR shaft

Small flat-blade screwdriver

Removing sensors and connectors

Allen Wrench (2mm)

Removing special screws for carrier

Longnose plier

White level adjustment sheet

guide shaft
Installing E ring
White level adjustment

Description: WHITE SHEET ATP

(Section 6.1.5)

Part number: PA03277-Y123


Purchase this sheet prior to maintenance.

Magnification
adjustment sheet

Offset

Magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3)

Required

for

magnification

offset

Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4)

adjustment for ADF. Refer to Figure 6.1.3,


and prepare the sheet in advance.

10

Adjustment sheet

Ultrasonic sensor adjustment

Description: ADJUST PAPER

(Section 6.1.9)

Part number: PA03296-Y990


Used when replacing US sensor, US PCA,
ADF Fix Unit or ADF Rev Unit.

11

Vacuum cleaner

Required for cleaning

Commercial item

12

Packing tape

Required for cleaning.

Commercial item

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

71
231

Section 5.5

5.5 Non-disassembly Parts

The following screws are adjusted and secured at the factory. Do not attempt to disassemble or loosen them.
(1) Optical unit ADF
Besides the non-disassembly screws, do NOT disassemble any parts on this unit (mirrors).

Non-disassembly screws

(2) PICK motor unit screws

Non-disassembly screws

5.6 (Reserved)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

72
231

Section 5.7.1

5.7 Chute ASSY/ Chute Roller / Stacker ASSY / Panel Unit / Panel PCA
5.7.1 Chute ASSY

Refer to Section 3.27 for the part number of the Chute ASSY.
<Removal>
(1)

Lifting up the front edge of the Chute ASSY slightly, pull it out of the scanner.

Pull the Chute ASSY out of the scanner

Lift up the front edge of the Chute ASSY slightly

<Installation>
(1)

Insert the protrusions of the Chute ASSY into the openings in the scanner.

Protrusion

Note: Make sure that there is no gap between the Chute ASSY and the scanner after installation.
If there is a gap between the Chute ASSY and the scanner when the Side Guides are adjusted, the Chute ASSY may
move and fall off.

Chute ASSY

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

73
231

Section 5.7.2

5.7.2 Chute Roller

Refer to Section 3.28 for the part number of the Chute Roller.
<Removal>
(1)

Remove the Chute ASSY by referring to Section 5.7.1.

(2)

Extend the extension of the Chute ASSY all the way out.

(3)

Open the lower cover of the Chute.

(4)

Lift up the lever in the direction of the arrow, and then slide the Chute roller shaft to the right remove the Chute roller.
(2) Extend the Chute extension.

(4) Lift up the lever in the direction of the arrow.

(3) Open the cover.

(4) Slide the Chute roller shaft.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Chute roller

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

74
231

Section 5.7.3

5.7.3 Stacker ASSY

Refer to section 3.26 for the part number of the Stacker ASSY.
<Removal>
(1) Pushing one side (right side in the photo) of the Stacker to bow, unlatch the pin on the Stacker ASSY.

(2)

Pull the Stacker toward you to remove from the scanner.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Stacker ASSY

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

75
231

Section 5.7.4

5.7.4 Panel Unit A / Panel PCA A

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the replacement parts.
Panel unit A: Section 3.29
Panel PCA A: Section 3.30
<Removal>
(1) The EEPROM is installed on the Panel PCA A. Before replacing the Panel PCA A or the Panel unit A, save the
EEPROM data to the Control PCA temporarily by referring to Section 6.2.
(2) Open the Operator Panel A, and then open the transparent cover.
Exit side

ADF feeding side

Panel cover

Operator panel A

(3) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to lift up on the Panel unit A.
(4) Disconnect the three connectors from the Panel unit A to remove the Panel unit A.
Disconnect three connectors.

Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to remove.

Panel unit A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

76
231

Section 5.7.4
(5) To replace the Panel PCA A, remove the three screws F at the back of the PCA to remove the Panel PCA A.

Remove 3 screws F.
Panel PCA A

<Installation>

Referring to Section 6.1.8, restore the EEPROM data which was saved to the Control PCA to the Panel PCA A.
(1) Install the Panel PCA A by referring to <Removal> step (5) in Section 5.7.4.
Note 1: When installing the Panel PCA A onto the Panel unit A, be careful not to drop the clear plastic part of the LED.
Likewise, be careful when installing the Panel unit A.

OP LED PIPE
Note 2: Remove the Side cover beforehand by referring to steps (2) ~ (7) in Section 5.9.2.
(2) Draw out three cables from the Side cover, and rest the Side cover against the bottom frame.
(3) Connect three cables to the connector on the Panel unit A.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

77
231

Section 5.7.4
Note 3: Be careful not to twist the cables when installing them.

Do NOT twist the cables.


(4) Install the Panel unit A onto the Side cover.
(5) With the Panel unit A opened, install the Side cover to onto the bottom frame.

Note 4: When installing the Panel unit A, rotate the clear plastic part to fix.
Note 5: Be careful not to pinch the cables between the panel and cover.

Do NOT pinch the thin cables.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

78
231

Section 5.7.5

5.7.5 Panel Unit B / Panel PCA B

1. Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the replacement parts.
Panel unit B: Section 3.31
Panel PCA B: Section 3.32
2. There is no EEPROM installed on the Panel PCA B. You do not need to temporarily move the EEPROM data to the Control
PCA.
<Removal>
(1) Open the Operator Panel B, then open the transparent cover.
ADF feeding side

Exit side

Panel cover

Operator panel B

(2) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to lift up on the Panel unit B.
(3) Disconnect the two connectors from the Panel unit B to remove the Panel unit B.
Disconnect 2 connectors.

Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the gap to remove.

Panel unit B

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

79
231

Section 5.7.5
(4) To replace the Panel PCA B, remove the three screws E at the back of the unit to remove the Panel PCA B.

Remove 3 screws E.

Panel PCA B
<Installation>
(1) Install the Panel PCA A by referring to <Removal> step (5) in Section 5.7.4.
Note 1: When installing the Panel PCA B onto the Panel unit B, be careful not to drop the clear plastic part for the LED.
Likewise, be careful when installing the Panel unit A.

OP LED PIPE
Note 2: Remove the Side cover beforehand by referring to steps (2) ~ (7) in Section 5.9.2.
(2) Draw out two cables from the Side cover, and rest the Side cover against the bottom frame.
(3) Connect two cables to the connector on the Panel unit B.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

80
231

Section 5.7.4
Note 3: Be careful not to twist the cables when installing them.

Do NOT twist the cables.


(4) Install the Panel unit B onto the Side cover.
(5) With the Panel unit B opened, install the Side cover to onto the bottom frame.

Note 4: When installing the Panel unit B, rotate the clear plastic part to fix.
Note 5: Be careful not to pinch the cables between the panel and cover.

Do NOT pinch the thin cables.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

81
231

Section 5.8.1

5.8 Inside of PCA Unit


5.8.1 PCA Unit (not a maintenance part)
<Removal>
(1) If the Imprinter (option) is installed, remove it from the scanner by the reverse order of Section 8.2.2.
(2) Remove the Chute ASSY (Section 5.7.1) and the Stacker ASSY (Section 5.7.3).
(3) Open the Cable cover horizontally, and bow it down to remove.

(4) Place the scanner so that the connector inlet faces up, and remove the seven screws A that secure the PCA unit.

PCA unit fixing screws A (3 positions)

PCA unit fixing screws A (4 positions)

Screw A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

82
231

Section 5.8
(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the cable and the eight connectors to remove the PCA unit.

Disconnect eight connectors.

Remove 2 cable fixing screws A.

<Installation>
Follow the procedure above in reverse.
Note: When installing the PCA Unit, form the cables as shown below so that the CCD cable and sensor cable do not
cross.
Correct cable forming

Wrong cable forming

CCD cable and sensor


cable cross.

To replace the Power supply, go to Section 5.8.2.


To replace the Fan ASSY, go to Section 5.8.3.
To replace the Control PCA, go to Section 5.8.4.
To replace the Fuses, go to Section 5.8.5.
To replace the DIMM, go to Section 5.8.6.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

83
231

Section 5.8.2

5.8.2 Power Supply

Refer to the Section 3.25 for the part number of the Power Supply.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Disconnect the connector from the Control PCA, and then remove five fixing screws C and a fixing screw D to remove the
Power supply.
Connector

Screw C

Power supply fixing screws C (5 positions)

Power supply fixing screw D

Power supply

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

84
231

Section 5.8.3

5.8.3 Fan ASSY

Refer to the Section 3.33 for the part number of the Fan ASSY.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Disconnect the connector for the fan from the Control PCA.
(3) Remove the fixing screw A, and then lift the Fan ASSY upward to remove.
Fixing screw A

Connector for Fan


<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: Install the bracket so that the bracket hole of the Fan ASSY catches the two hooks of the PCA Unit.

The hole shall catch the hook.

Fan ASSY
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

85
231

Section 5.8.4

5.8.4 Control PCA

Refer to the Section 3.20 for the part number of the Control PCA.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Remove the Power Supply by referring to Section 5.8.2.
(3) Remove the Fan ASSY by referring to Section 5.8.3.
(4) Remove five screws A , to remove the Control PCA bracket.

Remove five screws A.


(5) Remove the five screws securing the bracket (two from the upper and three from the back of the Control PCA), and then
remove the bracket and the plastic cover.

Five bracket screws

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

86
231

Section 5.8.4
(6) Remove the four screws A securing the rail, and then remove the for TPS Board from the Control PCA.
4 fixing screws A

(7) Remove three screws (one screw L and two screws K) securing the connector to the back of the Control PCA.

Screw L

Two screws K

Screw K

Screw L
(8) Remove the four fixing screws A to remove the Control PCA.
(9) Remove the DIMMs if installed.

Memory slots

Four fixing screws A

Control PCA
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

87
231

Section 5.8.5

5.8.5 Fuses

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the Fuses.
FUSE 1 (630mA): Section 3.22
FUSE 2 (2.5A): Section 3.23
FUSE 3 (4A): Section 3.24
<Removal>
(1) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to Section 5.8.1.
(2) Remove the Power Supply by referring to Section 5.8.2.
(3) Remove the Fan ASSY by referring to Section 5.8.3.
(4) Remove the bracket by referring to steps (4) and (5) in Section 5.8.4.
(5) Remove the Fuse to be replaced from the Control PCA.
F2: FUSE 1 (630m)
P/N: PA03576-D841

F1
F2

F1: FUSE 2 (2.5)


P/N: PA03576-D842

F3
F5
T xxA xxxV
F3: FUSE 2 (2.5)
P/N: PA03576-D842
F5FUSE 2 (2.5)
P/N: PA03576-D842

F9

F9: FUSE 3 (4.0)


P/N: PA03576-D843

(6) Replace the Fuse with a new Fuse of the same value.
Note: Be sure that the same current value fuse is installed onto the same position.
Fuse
Installed Current
Part number
Purpose
position
Fuse
value
1
F1
FUSE 2
2.5 A
PA03576-D842
For motor (Pick motor , Feed motor)
2
F2
FUSE 1
630mA
PA03576-D841
For motor (Background switchover, Pick arm)
3
F3
FUSE 2
2.5 A
PA03576-D842
For front side lamp, heater
4
F5
FUSE 2
2.5 A
PA03576-D842
For backside lamp, heater
5
F9
FUSE 3
4.0 A
PA03576-D843
For CGA board (for TPS)
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

88
231

04

Section 5.8.6

5.8.6 CGA Board / DIMM

Refer to Sections 3.34 and 3.35 for the part number of the CGA Board/DIMM.
The CGA Board is only installed on the fi-6670A (standard) or fi-6670 with the CGA option.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the two Thumb screws that secure the CGA Board.
(2) Pull the CGA Board out of the scanner.
(3) Remove the DIMM from the memory slot on the CGA board.
CGA Board installed position

Two Thumb screws

Remove DIMM.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

DIMM

CGA Board

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

89
231

Section 5.8.7

5.8.7 DIMM

Refer to Section 3.35 for the part number of the DIMMs.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the CGA Board by referring to Section 5.8.6.
Note: If the CGA board is not installed, remove the Third Party Slot Cover. fi-6670 only
(2) Remove the Thumb screw that secures the Memory cover.
(3) Remove the DIMMs from the memory slots.

Thumb screw

Two memory slots

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

DIMM

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

90
231

Section 5.9.1

5.9 ADF Unit / ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit


5.9.1 ADF Unit

Refer to Section 3.36 for the part number of the ADF Unit.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter (option) if installed from the scanner by the reverse order of Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Chute ASSY (Section 5.7.1) and the Stacker ASSY (Section 5.7.3).
(3) Remove the Panel Unit A by referring to steps (2) and (3) in Section 5.7.4. Remove the Panel Unit B by referring to steps
(1) and (2) in Section 5.7.5.
(4) Remove the PCA Unit by referring to steps (1) to (5) in Section 5.8.1.
(5) Remove the cables in the photo below from five cable clamps.

Cable clamp

(6) The remaining unit is the ADF Unit.

ADF Unit
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

91
231

Section 5.9.2

5.9.2 ADF Fix Unit / ADF Rev Unit

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of the replacement parts.
ADF Fix Unit: Section 3.1
ADF Rev Unit: Section 3.2
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Unit and PCA Unit by referring to steps (1) ~ (5) in Section 5.9.1.
(2) Return the scanner to the original position (facing up), and remove the four screws that secure the Side Cover ASSY F and
Side Cover ASSY B.

Screw B

Side Cover ASSY F

Four screws B

Side Cover ASSY B

(3) With the ADF opened slightly, tilt the protrusion of the Side cover ASSY F and unlatch the claw inside.
Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap under the protrusion and unlatch the claw inside.

Unlatch the claw.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

92
231

Section 5.9.2
(4) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap on the other side of the cover, then unlatch the claw.
Unlatch the claw.

(5) Open the Side Cover ASSY F, and push it toward the back, then open it downward.
Note: This cover has the cable for the Operator panel connected. Be careful not to damage the cable.

(6) Remove the signal cable and motor cable in the Front cover from the clamps, and then take the cable connectors out of the
frame holes.

(7) Open the Side Cover ASSY B in the same way.


Note: This cover has the cable for the Operator panel connected. Be careful not to damage the cable.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

93
231

Section 5.9.2
(8) Remove the CCD cable from the groove. Remove the signal cable from the side frame hole, and disconnect the two small
connectors.
Disconnect two connectors.

(9) Open the ADF, remove the two screws B and two screws H, and then remove the two screws B on the document exit side.

Two screws H

Two screws B

Two screws B

(10) Lift the frame (ADF Rev Unit and ADF Fix Unit) from the ADF Unit to remove.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

94
231

Section 5.9.2
(11) Open the ADF, and remove the two screws B that secure the ADF cover. Pull out the ADF cover at the document exit
side to remove.

Two fixing screws B


(12) Remove the cable from the cable clamps on the side of the ADF Fix unit.

Cable clamps
(13) Release the torsion arm coil spring from the side panel of the frame.
Open the ADF to release the arm easier.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

95
231

Section 5.9
(14) Remove the two large screws G (one each on the right and left sides) from both sides of the ADF.

Screw G

(15) With a flat-blade screwdriver, slightly pry open the metal side panel to release the ADF Rev Unit from the ADF Fix
Unit.
* The ADF Fix unit is the ADF Fixed side with the Right, Left covers and lower frame attached.
The ADF Rev unit is the ADF movable side with the ADF cover attached.

ADF Fix unit

ADF Rev unit

Note: Be careful not to damage the glass on the ADF Rev unit.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

96
231

Section 5.9.2
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: For how to install the Panel unit A and Panel unit B, refer to <Installation> in Sections 5.7.4 and 5.7.5.
Replacing the ADF Rev Unit
After replacing the ADF Rev Unit, paste the product label enclosed with this part.

Product label for fi-6670

Product label for fi-6670A

Note: After replacing the ADF Fix unit or ADF Rev unit, perform the magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3), offset
adjustment (Section 6.1.4), white level adjustment (Section 6.1.5) and Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9),
and reset the consumable counters (Section 6.1.6).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

97
231

Section 5.10.1

5.10 Paper path


5.10.1 Guide S ASSY

Refer to section 3.11 for the part number of the Guide S ASSY.
<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF.
(2) Unlatch the claws on the both sides of the Guide S ASSY, by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver between the blade
spring and plastic part and remove the plastic part by being careful not to break the claw at the back side.
Guide S ASSY

Unlatch the claws

Claw at the backside

(3) Remove the blade spring upward.

Guide S ASSY

Blade spring

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

98
231

Section 5.10.2

5.10.2 Pick Sensor

Refer to Section 3.9 for the part number of the Pick Sensor.
<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF, open the Sensor cover, and then bow the sensor cover rib to remove the sensor cover.
Sensor cover

Sensor bracket

Sensor cover rib

Sensor bracket screw A

(2) Tuck up the Mylar sheet pasted on the sensor bracket, and then remove the screw A.
Note: Do NOT peel off the Mylar sheet.

Mylar sheet

Fixing screw A

(3) Turn the Sensor bracket over, and then disconnect the connector to remove the Sensor bracket.

Disconnect the connector.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

99
231

Section 5.10.2
(4) Unlatch the claws of the Pick sensor from the sensor bracket, and detach the Pick sensor.
Sensor bracket

Pick sensor

Claws

Pick Sensor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Make sure that the claws of the Pick sensor are latched on the bracket firmly.
2. Place Fix the connector at the position of the Sensor bracket as shown below.
Place the connector.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

100
231

Section 5.10.3

5.10.3 US Sensor (ADF Fix Unit)

Refer to Section 3.6 for the part number of the US Sensor.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the Sensor bracket by referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2.
(2) Disconnect the US sensor connector from the US PCA.
(3) Remove the screw A that secures the US sensor, and then remove the bracket and the US sensor. Remove the sensor
from the bracket.
US sensor (lower)

US Sensor
US Sensor fixing screw A

US Sensor connector

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. After replacing the US sensor, perform the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9).
2. Place the cables as shown in the photo below.

3. Refer to <Installation> Notice 2 in Section 5.10.2 for how to install the Sensor bracket.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

101
231

Section 5.10.4

5.10.4 US PCA

Refer to Section 3.7 for the part number of the US PCA.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the Sensor bracket by referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2.
(2) Disconnect the two connectors from the US PCA under the Paper path, and remove the US PCA.
US PCA

Positioning pins

US PCA

Connectors
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. After replacing the US PCA, perform the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9).
2. Make sure that the positioning pins are inserted in the US PCA holes.
3. Refer to <Installation> Notice 2 in Section 5.10.3 for how to place the cables.
4. Refer to <Installation> Notice 2 in Section 5.10.2 for how to install the Sensor bracket.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

102
231

Section 5.10.5

5.10.5 Sensor (Empty Sensor)

Refer to Section 3.8 for the part number of the Empty Sensor.
<Removal>
Note: A small Phillips screwdriver (for M2 screws) is required for replacing this part.
(1) Remove the Sensor bracket by referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2.
(2) Remove the screw A and the screw E for the bracket which holds the pick roller shaft.

Bracket screw A

Bracket screw E

(3) Remove the two screws J and E ring from each pick roller shaft, and then pull the shaft bearings off the shafts.
Shaft bearing

Fixing screws J

E-ring

(4) Remove the bracket that supports the pick roller shafts.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

103
231

Section 5.10.5
(5) Unlatch the Empty sensor claw using a small flat-blade screwdriver, and then remove the Empty sensor.
Claws

(6) Disconnect the cable from the Empty sensor.

Sensor
Disconnect the connector.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

104
231

Section 5.10.6

5.10.6 US Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)

Refer to Section 3.6 for the part number of the US Sensor.


<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF, and remove the three fixing screws A in the photos below to remove the upper Sheet guide.

When removing/installing the upper Sheet guide, be careful not to drop it. Otherwise, the scanning glass may be
damaged.
(2) Remove the US sensor (upper) cable from the cable clamp and disconnect its connector.
(3) Remove a screw A that secures the US sensor, remove the bracket and the US sensor.
Connector

US Sensor (upper)

US Sensor fixing screw A


US Sensor
Cable clamp
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

After replacing the US sensor, perform the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment (Section 6.1.9).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

105
231

Section 5.10.7

5.10.7 Top Sensor (ADF Rev Unit)

Refer to Section 3.17 for the part number of the Top Sensor.
<Removal>
(1) Referring to step (1) in Section 5.10.6, remove the upper Sheet guide.
(2) Remove the screw A that secures the US sensor, and then remove the bracket.
(3) Remove the Top sensor (lower right photo), and then disconnect a connector to remove the Top sensor.
US Sensor

Fixing screw

Connector

Top sensor

Top Sensor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Make sure that the Top sensor lever moves smoothly after installation.
2. After replacing the Top sensor, perform offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

106
231

Section 5.10.8

5.10.8 DF Sensor

Refer to Section 3.10 for the part number of the DF Sensor.


<Removal>

Removing DF Sensor (black) on the ADF Fix Unit


(1) Referring to steps (1) ~ (3) in Section 5.10.2, remove the Sensor bracket.
(2) Disconnect the lower DF sensor connector, unlatch the DF sensor claw, and remove the DF sensor (black).
Fixing claw

DF Sensor

Connector

DF Sensor for front side scanning (black)


On the ADF Fix Unit

Removing DF Sensor (transparent) on the ADF Rev Unit


(3) Referring to step (1) in Section 5.10.6, remove the upper Sheet guide.
(4) Disconnect an upper DF sensor connector, unlatch the DF sensor claw, and then remove the DF sensor (transparent).
DF Sensor

Unlatch the claw.

DF Sensor for backside scanning (transparent)


On the ADF Rev Unit
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

The DF sensor consists of two parts; the DF sensor (on the ADF Fix Unit) is black and the DF sensor (on the ADF Rev
Unit) is transparent. Do not confuse them when installing.
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

107
231

Section 5.11.1

5.11 Parts in the ADF cover


5.11.1 Inverter (for ADF backside scanning)

Refer to Section 3.5 for the part number of the Inverter.


<Removal>
(1) Open the ADF and remove the two screws B that secure the ADF cover. Pull out on the document exit side of the ADF
cover to remove the ADF cover.
Upper sheet guide

Two fixing screws B

(2)

Lifting up the Inverter from the groove, disconnect the three connectors connected on the Inverter, and remove the
Inverter.
Three connectors

Inverter

Inverter

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

108
231

Section 5.11.1
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

Insert the pink and blue cables and the thin black/white cable to be connected to the Inverter into the respective grooves
as shown below.
Pink cables

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

Blue and black/white cables

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

109
231

Section 5.11.2

5.11.2 Optical Unit ADF (backside optical system)


04

1) Refer to Section 3.19 for the part number of the Optical Unit ADF.
2) When removing/installing the Optical Unit ADF, do not hold the CCD Unit or work by pressing it. Otherwise the
Optical Unit ADF may be damaged or fail to operate properly.
[Appropriate handling]
Hold the right and left edges (black parts) of the Optical Unit ADF or the
scanner frame to remove / install the Optical Unit ADF.

OK

OK

OK

[Inappropriate handing]
Do not hold the CCD Unit on the Optical Unit ADF when removing /
installing the Optical Unit ADF. Do not press the CCD Unit as well.

NG

NG

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Disconnect the one large and the two small connectors from the Optical unit ADF.
(3) Remove the screw E which secures the bracket (photo below) to remove the bracket.
ADF connector

Disconnect two connectors.

Bracket

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

Fixing screw E

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

110
231

Section 5.11.2
(4) Remove the screw A for the FG cable on the Optical unit ADF, and lift the Optical unit ADF out of the ADF Rev Unit.
Note: When removing the Optical unit ADF (for backside scanning), do not lose two spacers at the positions in the photo
lower right. If you lost them, use OPT SPACER B enclosed with the Optical unit ADF.
FG cable fixing screw A

Two spacers

Spacer

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1) Be careful not to touch the mirrors on the Optical unit ADF.


2) After replacing the Optical unit ADF, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
3) Route the Inverter cable and thermistor cable outside the SHEET C so that they do not touch the metal part of the
Optical unit ADF.

SHEET C

Cables shall be routed outside the SHEET C.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

111
231

Section 5.11.2
04
4) Make sure that the nylon clip fixing position and wiring is as shown in the photo below when installing the ADF Cable
(connector).

OK

NG

Do not fix the tube part (black) with the nylon clip.

Up to the corner of the plate

The cable should come on the plate in this area.

NG

OK

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

112
231

Section 5.11.3

5.11.3 BW Motor (for driving pick arm) / Sensor (for detecting pick arm position)

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of replacement parts.
BW motor: Section 3.14
Sensor: Section 3.8
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in section 5.11.1.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2.
(3) Remove the cable from the cable clamp, and then remove the fixing screw A and a fixing screw E.
Remove a fixing screw A.

Remove a cable clamp and a fixing screw E.

(4) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into the gap between the frame and gearbox, and then release the gearbox from the
frame.
(5) Disconnect the connectors of the BW motor and the Sensor, and then remove the assembly of BW motor and the gear.

Disconnect the BW Motor and Sensor connectors.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

113
231

Section 5.11.3
<Replacing BW Motor>
(6) Using a small flat-blade screwdriver, release the BW motor claw to remove the gear box.

Make sure that the shaft does not come off the gearbox and fall off. (See photo below.)

Shaft

(7) Remove two screws A from the bracket to remove the BW motor.

BW motor cable

BW Motor
Two fixing screws A
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

When installing the BW motor, pay attention to the cable positions.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

114
231

Section 5.11.3
<Replacing Pick Arm Sensor>
Follow the procedure below after step (5).
(8) Unlatch the claws on the Sensor, and then remove the Sensor from the gear unit.
Unlatch

Sensor

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

115
231

Section 5.11.3
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. Be careful not to pinch any cables.


2. Make sure that the claw is securely locked and there is no gap between the arm unit and the frame.
3. When installing the frame and gear box, align the claw of the gear part for the Pick arm sensor arm with the frame.
Otherwise, the parts may be damaged.
Check the claw locked.

Check there is NO gap.

Align the claw.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

116
231

Section 5.11.4

5.11.4 Feed Motor / Belt ADF

Refer to the following sections for the part numbers of replacement parts.
Feed motor: Section 3.15
Belt ADF: Section 3.16
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2, remove the Optical unit ADF.
(3) Loosen the two screws E that secure the Belt ADF cover (no need to remove) and remove the cover out of the way.

Loosen two fixing screws E.

(4) Loosen the tension bracket screw A, and rotate the bracket clockwise to loosen the belt tension. Remove the Belt ADF if
necessary.

Loosen a fixing screw A


and rotate it clockwise.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

117
231

Section 5.11.4
(5) Disconnect the cable from the Feed motor. Remove the two screws A that secure the Feed motor to remove.

Cable connector
Feed Motor fixing screws A.

Feed Motor
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. When installing the Belt ADF, align the phases of the pulleys (D-cut) as shown below.
Align the phases of the pulleys (D-cut).

2. When installing the Belt ADF cover, make sure that the cover is hung on the hook.
3. After replacing the Feed motor or Belt ADF, perform the sub-scanning magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3) and offset
adjustment (Section 6.1.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

118
231

Section 5.11.5

5.11.5 BW Motor (for driving background switch mechanism)

Refer to Section 3.14 for the part number of the BW Motor.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2.
(3) Remove the cables from the cable clamp behind the motor.
(4) Disconnect the connector from the BW motor.
(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the BW motor to remove the BW motor.
BW Motor connector

BW Motor
cable
BW Motor fixing screw A
Remove the cable clamp.

BW Motor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

When installing the BW motor, pay attention to the cable positions.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

119
231

Section 5.11.6

5.11.6 Sensor (for detecting background position)

Refer to Section 3.8 for the part number of the Sensor.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to steps (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Rotate the large gear counterclockwise, and then lower the arm below the Sensor position.
(3) Disconnect the cable connected to the Sensor and unlatch the claws of the Sensor to remove the sensor.
Unlatch the claws.

Claws

Sensor

Sensor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

120
231

Section 5.11.7

5.11.7 Sensor OP

Refer to Section 3.18 for the part number of the Sensor OP.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the upper Sheet guide by referring to step (1) in Section 5.10.6.

Be careful not to drop the upper Sheet guide when removing/installing it. It may break the glass at the scanning position.
(2)

Remove the ADF cover by referring to step in Section 5.11.1.

(3)

Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to Section 5.11.2.

(4)

From above the sensor, insert a small flat-blade screwdriver into both spaces on each side of the Sensor OP to release it
from the frame.

(5)

Pull the Sensor OP out of the ADF scanning side, disconnect the connector and then remove the Sensor OP.
ADF upper

Release

Pull out the Sensor.

ADF scanning side

Sensor OP
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

121
231

Section 5.11.8

5.11.8 Background unit B

1) Refer to Section 3.4 for the part number of the Background Unit B.
2) The Background unit B includes the lamp for backside scanning and the background for front side scanning.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF cover by referring to step (1) in Section 5.11.1.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to steps (2) ~ (4) in Section 5.11.2.
(3) Remove the cables from cable clamp (photo below on the left).
(4) Remove the two connectors from the Inverter.

Remove the connectors.

Remove the cable from the clamp.

(5) Remove the screws I (special-shaped) from the left and right side plates of the ADF, and remove the Background unit B
by pulling the cables out of the frame hole. Be careful not to drop the screws.
Remove two special-shaped screw I.

Pull out the cable.

Background Unit B
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1) Be sure to route the cables of the Background unit B into the original frame hole.
2) If the background unit B is installed appropriately, it moves up and down slightly (approx. 1mm).
3) After replacing the Background unit B, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

122
231

Section 5.12.1

5.12 Parts in lower part of the ADF


5.12.1 Optical Unit ADF (front side optical system)
04

1) Refer to Section 3.19 for the part number of the Optical Unit ADF.
2) When removing/installing the Optical Unit ADF, do not hold the CCD Unit or work by pressing it. Otherwise
the Optical Unit ADF may be damaged or fail to operate properly.
[Appropriate handling]
Hold the right and left edges (black parts) of the Optical Unit ADF or the
scanner frame to remove / install the Optical Unit ADF.

OK

OK

OK

[Inappropriate handing]
Do not hold the CCD Unit on the Optical Unit ADF when removing /
installing the Optical Unit ADF. Do not press the CCD Unit as well.

NG

NG

<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Disconnect the three cables connected to the Optical unit ADF, and remove the screw A that secures the CCD cable, and
then remove the screw A that secures the FG cable.
Remove three connectors.

Bracket fixing screws A

FG cable fixing screw A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

123
231

Section 5.12.1
(3) Remove the two bracket screws E and remove the bracket.

Two fixing screw E


(4) Rotate the Optical unit ADF as shown in the photo below to remove.

Optical Unit ADF


<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
1. Be careful not to touch the mirrors on the Optical unit ADF.
2. After replacing the Optical unit ADF, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
3. Route the Inverter cable and thermistor cable outside the SHEET C so that they do not touch the metal part of the
Optical unit ADF.
SHEET C

Cables shall be routed outside the SHEET C.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

124
231

Section 5.12.1
04
4) Make sure that the nylon clip fixing position and wiring is as shown in the photo below when installing the ADF
Cable (connector).

(2) ADF cable wiring route

(1) Fixing position with a nylon clip

(1) Fixing position with a nylon clip

OK

NG

OK
NG

The hump on the ADF cable must be fixed inside the nylon clip.

OK

NG

NG

The nylon clip must be fixed horizontally with the metal.

(2) ADF cable wiring route

OK

OK

NG

6mm
Confirmation method (example): Check with 6 shaft driver.
6mm of space is required between the ADF cable and the plate.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

125
231

Section 5.12.2

5.12.2 Inverter

Refer to the Section 3.5 for the part number of the Inverter.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Unlatch the Inverter claw and lift the Inverter out of the frame.
(3) Disconnect the three connectors from the Inverter to remove the Inverter.
Remove three connectors.

Inverter claw

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

126
231

Section 5.12.3

5.12.3 Pick Motor

Refer to the Section 3.12 for the part number of the Pick Motor.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Remove the Optical unit ADF by referring to Section 5.12.3.
(3) Remove the four screws A that secure that Pick motor (one of these screws is short).
(4) Disconnect the cable connector from the Pick motor, and then remove the Pick motor.

The Pick motor includes the gear and bracket. Do not disassemble.

Remove four fixing screws A.

Cable connector

Pick Motor

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

After replacing the Pick motor unit, perform the magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

127
231

Section 5.12.4

5.12.4 Background Unit F

1) Refer to the Section 3.3 for the part number of the Background Unit F.
2) The Background unit F includes the lamp for front side scanning and the background for backside scanning.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the ADF Fix unit from the frame by referring to Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2.
(2) Remove the cables from the Inverter.
(3) Open the ADF, and place it as shown below.

(4) With a flat-blade screwdriver, unlatch the claws at both sides of the Background unit F, and then remove the Background
unit F.
Note: When removing the Background unit F, be careful not to damage the cables.

Unlatch
Cable holes

Background Unit F

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

128
231

Section 5.12.4
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1) When installing the Background unit F, check that both the left and right claws secure the Background unit F properly. If not
installed properly, the Background unit F and the slide arm ME interfere, can damage the ADF REV Unit.
Slide arm ME

2) After replacing the Back ground unit F, perform the Offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4) and White level adjustment
(Section 6.1.5).
3) To avoid defective images, make sure that the pink, blue and black/white cables are separated.

Pink cable

Blue and black/white cables

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

129
231

Section 5.12.5

5.12.5 HK Ring ME

1) Refer to Section 3.13 for the part number of the HK Rings ME.
2) Do not touch the glass areas of the scanning section while disassembling.
<Removal>
(1) Referring to Section 5.12.4, remove the Back ground unit F.
(2) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver in the right groove when you look at the ADF unit from the document exit side
(photo on the left below), and slide the Pinch roller shaft in the direction of the arrow until the Pinch rollers and shaft are
removed.

Spring

Do not lose the spring when removing the Pinch roller and the shaft.
(3) Remove the pinch rollers from the shaft, then remove the HK rings ME from the rollers.

HK Ring ME
Remove HK ring MEs from Pinch roller.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

130
231

Section 5.12.5
<Installation>
(1) Insert the side of the shaft with flat area into the right side groove when looking from the document exit side.

Stacker side

Flat area

1. Be sure that the flat area of the shaft comes to the Stacker side.
(2) Insert the Pinch roller shaft in the groove, and slide the edge of the shaft in the direction of the arrow with a small flat-blade
screwdriver to install.

Spring
Stacker side

2. Be sure to install the spring between the Pinch roller shaft and the frame.
3. After replacing the HK ring ME, perform the magnification adjustment (Section 6.1.3) and offset adjustment (Section 6.1.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

131
231

Section 6.1.1

Chapter 6 Adjustment/Settings
6.1 Maintenance Mode
The scanner supports the built-in Maintenance mode that allows service providers to check the scanner performance and
settings. This section gives the description of the Maintenance mode.
Note on Maintenance Mode

05

1: Before performing the sub-scanning magnification adjustment, Offset adjustment, or White level adjustment, set
the user's inherent adjustment value to the default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value are
set individually.
[Default value setting method]
Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Device Setting Offset
- Offset setting: 0 for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: 0.0% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Device Setting 2 Page edge filler
- 0 for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.

6.1.1 Activating the Maintenance Mode and Mode Types


(1) How to activate the Maintenance mode
Open the ADF cover and press Power button while holding down the Scan/Stop button to turn ON the power. Keep holding the
Scan/Stop button down until Screen T04 is displayed. This will put the scanner into the Maintenance mode. While in
Maintenance mode, the scanner interface is off-line.
The following display appears during activation of Maintenance mode.
Screen T01
Function No.
Display

Power LED

Scanner status

ON

Initial processing in Maintenance mode

When the Maintenance mode is activated normally after the initial processing, the following display appears.
Screen T04
Function No. Power LED
Scanner status
Display
ON
Maintenance mode #1 selected

(2) Test/adjustment items of the Maintenance mode


The following lists test/adjustment items #1 ~ #8 that are supported by the scanner.
Mode #1: Paper feeding test and Sensor test
Mode #2: Sub-scanning magnification adjustment
Mode #3: Offset adjustment
Mode #4: White level adjustment
Mode #5: Consumables counter display and reset
Mode #6: Miscellaneous information display
Mode #7: EEPROM data restore
Mode #8: Ultrasonic sensor adjustment
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

132
231

Section 6.1.1
(3) How to change the Maintenance mode
To change the Maintenance modes (#1 ~ #7), press the Function button on the operator panel. The display changes as follows.
Mode #1 is the default.
Maintenance
mode No.

Function No.
Display

#1

Display
Power
Status transition
LED

Related
section

Maintenance mode
Paper feeding test and Sensor test

6.1.2

Sub-scanning
adjustment

6.1.3

ON

#2

magnification

ON

#3

Offset adjustment

6.1.4

White level adjustment

6.1.5

Consumables counter display and


reset

6.1.6

Miscellaneous information display

6.1.7

EEPROM data restore

6.1.8

Ultrasonic sensor adjustment

6.1.9

ON

#4

ON

#5

ON

#6

ON

#7

ON

#8

ON

* Pressing the Function button returns


to #1.

(4) How to start the Maintenance mode


Select a Maintenance mode and press the Scan/Stop button. The scanner activates the selected Maintenance mode.

(5) How to exit the Maintenance mode


Keep pressing the Power button to turn OFF the scanner.
If you exited the Maintenance mode before saving the adjustment result, the result will not be reflected.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

133
231

Section 6.1.2

6.1.2 Maintenance Mode #1: Paper feeding, Background switchover and Sensor test
This mode tests the ADF continuous scanning operation at the specified speed and also checks the sensor status (ON/OFF) for
each of the ADF sensors.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Scan/Stop button. The selection screen for scanning speed/sensor test appears. A number is
shown on the Function No. Display indicating the selected scanning speed or test mode as follows.
Function No.
Scanning speed/test mode
Remarks
Display
0
200 dpi
Default
1
240 dpi
2
300 dpi
3
400 dpi
4
600 dpi
5
(Reserved)
6
Background switchover test
7
Sensor test
8
Imprinter sensor test
With the Imprinter installed
*1: The scanner performs the self-diagnosis of Section 4.1 during testing. If there is no
displayed, the test is completed successfully.

*1
*1
*1
*1
*1

error

(2) The scanning speed/test mode is changed by pressing the Function button. To test the continuous feeding operation, select
the desired scanning speed (this varies depending on the scanning resolution) from 0 ~ 4.
When pressing the Scan/Stop button with paper on the ADF paper chute (Empty sensor ON), the ADF scanning starts.
(3) If the Scan/Stop button is pressed when the Imprinter is installed, the setting whether imprinting is performed or not is
displayed as below. Pressing the Function button can switch this setting.
Go to step (4) if the Imprinter (option) is not installed.
Screen T11
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Not printing (default)
Displays - without blinking.
Function button: Switches these settings.

Screen T12
Function No.
Display

Send to button: Terminates this mode and


returns to screen T04.

Scanner status
Printing.
Displays P without blinking

(4) If the Scan/Stop button is pressed while the paper is set on the ADF paper chute (Empty sensor: ON), feeding begins.
If printing is selected in step (3), the patterns in Section 9.2.4 is printed out.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

134
231

Section 6.1.2
(5) By pressing the Scan/Stop button while 7 is shown on the display, the scanner enters the Sensor test mode.
The following table shows how the sensor status is displayed while the sensor test is in progress.
Screen T13
Function No.
Display
1
2

5 3

Description

Display

2: indicates Empty sensor status

Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)

3: indicates Pick sensor status

Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)

4: indicates TOP sensor status

Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)


Illuminates when the sensor is OFF. (Cover is open)
*Note 1

5: indicates ADF Cover open sensor status

Note 1) Perform this test by opening / closing the ADF cover. If the cover open sensor is pressed by fingers, the
transmitter and the receiver of the multi feed sensors are not aligned and the scanner recognizes that there is
paper on the ADF and 7 lights.
Note 2) Refer to the photo below for sensor positions.

(6) By pressing the Scan/Stop button while 8 is shown on the display when the Imprinter is installed, the scanner enters the
Imprinter sensor test mode. The following table shows how the sensor status is displayed while the sensor test is in
progress.
Screen T14
Function No.
Display

Description

Display

1: indicates Sensor OPB5 status in Imprinter

Illuminates when the sensor is ON. (Paper is detected)

6: indicates Imprinter cover sensor status

Illuminates when the sensor is OFF. (Cover is open)

5 3

Reserved

Note 1) Refer to the photo below for sensor positions.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

135
231

Section 6.1.2
Pressing the Function button rotates the Feed motors and the Pick motor.
During the sensor test, you can check the sensor status (ON/OFF) when the document passes through the ADF by the following
procedures:
1. Keep pressing the Function button. The ADF motor starts to rotate.
2. Set the document on the ADF paper chute.

[How to end]
Press the Send to button. The test stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen (T04) appears. The test also terminates
when no paper remains on the ADF paper chute after the paper feeding test. To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep
pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

136
231

Section 6.1.3

6.1.3 Maintenance Mode #2: Sub-scanning magnification adjustment


In this mode, the magnification correction values for sub-scanning (vertical) are automatically calculated to satisfy the
following adjustment value.
Adjustment value: Within 1.0% (Without stop and start during scanning)
If stopped and started during scanning, the adjustment value is within 2.0.

Before this adjustment, obtain the Test sheet described in the Figure 6.1.3. This is an A3 size sheet of paper.
Notes on Sub-scanning magnification adjustment

05

1: Before performing the sub-scanning magnification adjustment, set the user's inherent adjustment value to the
default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value
are set individually.
[Default value setting method]
Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Device Setting Offset
- Offset setting: 0 for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: 0.0% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Device Setting 2 Page edge filler
- 0 for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, Press the Function button once to select
(Maintenance mode #2) and press the Scan/Stop button. A
number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the magnification to be adjusted as follows.
Function
Display
0

No.

Offset to be adjusted

Remarks

ADF sub-scanning magnification adjustment

Default
Prepare the test sheet described in Figure 6.1.3.

(2) Set a white A3 size sheet (Figure 6.1.3) on the ADF paper chute in Portrait orientation, and adjust the sheet guide to the
width of the sheet.
Press the Scan/Stop button to begin the adjustment operation.

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.
If

is displayed, the sub-scanning magnification is adjustment has been successful. Go to step.3.

If

is displayed, the sub-scanning magnification adjustment has failed. Go to step 4.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

137
231

Section 6.1.3
(3) When the sub-scanning magnification adjustment is completed successfully
If the sub-scanning magnification adjustment is completed successfully, Screen T21 appears. To save the adjustment result,
press the Function button. If not, press the Send to button.
Screen T21
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

Displays o without blinking.

Function button: Displays screen T22. Writing magnification


correction value in EEPROM is available.

The adjustment has been successful.


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
After the Function button is pressed, Screen T22 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T23 is displayed during the operation,
and T24 is displayed when writing is completed.
Screen T22
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the offset

o (lower half) blinks.

correction value into EEPROM. During writing


operation, screen T23 is displayed. Screen T24 is
displayed when writing is completed.

Confirming whether the correction


value is written to EEPROM.

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.


Screen T23
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

L lights without blinking.

All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to


EEPROM.
Screen T24
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

o (upper
blinking.

half)

lights

without

The value
successfully.

has

been

written

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

138
231

Section 6.1.3
(4) When the sub-scanning magnification adjustment fails
When the sub-scanning magnification adjustment fails, Screen T25 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has
occurred. After checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.
Screen T25
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Displays c without blinking.

Available buttons
Function button: Displays error information (screen T26)
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

The adjustment has failed.

The major reason for adjustment failure is incorrect setting of the test sheet.
Set the test sheet correctly and try the magnification adjustment again.
Screen T26
Function
No. Display
1
2

5 3

Countermeasure when
abnormal termination
frequently occurs
Conduct necessary operation by
referring to step (2) and later in
Section 4.3.7.

Description
1:Cannot detect the leading edge of the document
(Image is shifted upward too much)
2: Cannot detect the left edge of the document
(Image is shifted to left too much.)
3: Cannot detect the leading edge of the document
(Image is shifted downward too much.)
5: Cannot detect the left edge of the document
(Image is shifted to right too much.)
4: Excessive skew A
7: Excessive skew B

Skew A and B are calculated by the following expression.


Skew A = a b
a
Skew B = c d

<Available buttons on screen T26>


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

139
231

Section 6.1.3
[Test sheet]
Use the test sheet for magnification / offset adjustment that meets the following specification (A3 copy paper is allowed).

297 0.6 mm

White

420 2 mm

Figure 6.1.3 Magnification / Offset Adjustment Test Sheet

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

140
231

Section 6.1.4

6.1.4 Maintenance Mode #3: Offset adjustment


In this mode, the offset correction values for main/sub-scanning are automatically calculated to satisfy the following offset
values:
<Target offset value>
Main scanning: The largest offset of A6 or larger size of document shall be: 24 dot (@600dpi)
Sub-scanning: The largest offset of A6 or larger size of document shall be: 33 dot (@600dpi)

1)

The value above is the target value of the offset adjustment. Image specification is as follows:
ADF) Main scanning: Smaller offset of top or bottom of left edge shall be 0 to 1.5mm.
Sub-scanning: Smaller offset of left or right of leading edge shall be 0 to 2.0mm.

2)

Before this adjustment, obtain the Test sheet described in the figure 6.1.3. This is an A3 size sheet of paper.
Notes on Offset adjustment

05

1: Before performing the Offset adjustment, set the user's inherent adjustment value to the default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value are
set individually.
[Default value setting method]
Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Device Setting Offset
- Offset setting: 0 for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: 0.0% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Device Setting 2 Page edge filler
- 0 for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button twice to select
(Maintenance mode #3) and press the
Scan/Stop button. A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the location of the offset to be
adjusted.
Function No. Display
0
1
(2)
(3)

Offset to be adjusted
ADF front
ADF back

Remarks
Default
Prepare the test sheet described in figure 6.1.3.
Prepare the test sheet described in figure 6.1.3.

Change the selection by pressing the Function button.


Set a white A3 size sheet (Figure 6.1.3) on the ADF paper chute in Portrait orientation, and adjust the sheet guide to the
width of the sheet.
Press the Scan/Stop button to begin the adjustment operation.

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.
If

is displayed, the offset adjustment has been successful. Go to step 4.

If

is displayed, the offset adjustment has failed. Go to step.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

141
231

Section 6.1.4
(4) When the offset adjustment is completed successfully
If the offset adjustment is completed successfully, Screen T31 appears. To save the adjustment result, press the Function
button. If not, press the Send to button.
Screen T31
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

Displays o without blinking.

Function button: Displays screen T32 and writing offset


correction value in EEPROM is available.

The adjustment has been successful.


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
After the Function button is pressed, Screen T32 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T33 is displayed during the operation, and
T34 is displayed when writing is completed.
Screen T32
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the offset

o (lower half) blinks.

correction value into EEPROM. During writing


operation, screen T33 displayed. Screen T34 is
displayed when writing is complete.

Confirming whether the correction


value is written to EEPROM.

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.


Screen T33
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

L lights without blinking.

All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to


EEPROM.
Screen T34
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

o (upper
blinking.

half)

lights

without

The value
successfully.

has

been

written

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

142
231

Section 6.1.4
(5) When the offset adjustment fails
When the offset adjustment fails, Screen T35 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has occurred. After
checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.
Screen T35
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Displays c without blinking.

Available buttons
Function button: Displays error information (screen T36)
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

The adjustment has failed.

The major reason for adjustment failure is incorrect setting of the test sheet.
Set the test sheet correctly and try the offset adjustment again.
Screen T36
Function
No. Display
1
2

5 3

Countermeasure when
abnormal termination
frequently occurs
Conduct necessary operation by
referring to step (3) and later in
Section 4.3.6.

Description
1:Cannot detect the leading edge of the document
(Image is shifted upward too much.)
2: Cannot detect the left edge of the document
(Image is shifted to left too much.)
3: Cannot detect the leading edge of the document
(Image is shifted downward too much.)
5: Cannot detect the left edge of the document
(Image is shifted to right too much.))
4: Excessive skew A
7: Excessive skew B

Skew A and B are calculated by the following expression.


Skew A = a b
a
Skew B = c d

<Available buttons on screen T36>


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

143
231

Section 6.1.5

6.1.5 Maintenance Mode #4: White level adjustment


In this mode, the white level correction value for the ADF is automatically adjusted.

Before this adjustment, obtain the white level adjustment sheet (A4 coated paper) described in section 6.4.
Notes on White level adjustment

05

1: Before performing the White level adjustment, set the user's inherent adjustment value to the default value.
The adjustment is not performed properly if the offset adjustment value and magnification adjustment value
are set individually.
[Default value setting method
Check the following items on the Software Operation Panel. If you found any individual setting values,
modify them before adjustment.
Software Operation Panel Device Setting Offset
- Offset setting: 0 for ADF (front) Main/Sub-scanning and ADF (back) Main/Sub-scanning
- Vertical magnification adjustment: 0.0% for ADF
Software Operation Panel Device Setting 2 Page edge filler
- 0 for Top/Bottom/Right/Left
* After changing the setting values above, write into EEPROM to reflect the setting.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button three times to select
(Maintenance mode #4) and press the Scan/Stop button.
A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the location of the white level to be adjusted.
Function No. Display
White level to be adjusted
Remarks
0
ADF front
Default
Use the white level adjustment sheet described in Section 6.4.
1
ADF back
Use the white level adjustment sheet described in Section 6.4.
(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.
(3) Set the white level adjustment test sheet (see Section 5.4) on the ADF paper chute in landscape orientation and adjust the
sheet guide to the width of the test sheet.
Press the Scan/Stop button to begin the adjustment operation.

The adjustment starts approx. 10 seconds after pressing the Scan/Stop button.
Screen T41
Function No. Display
Scanner status
Available buttons
Blinks
during
white
level All buttons are disabled.
adjustment.

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.
If

is displayed, the white level adjustment has been successful. Go to step 4.

If

is displayed, the white level adjustment has failed. Go to step 5.

After scanning the white level adjustment sheet, it takes approx. 10 seconds for the scanner to calculate the level adjustment.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

144
231

Section 6.1.5
(4) When the white level adjustment is completed successfully
If the white level adjustment is completed successfully, Screen T42 appears. To save the adjustment result, press the
Function button. If not, press the Send to button.
Screen T42
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Displays o without blinking.
The adjustment has been successful.

Available buttons
Function button: Displays screen T42 and writing the correction
value in EEPROM is available.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

After the Function button is pressed, Screen T43 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T44 is displayed during the operation. T45
is displayed when writing is complete.
Screen T43
Function No.
Display

Screen T44
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

o (lower half) blinks.

Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the white

Confirming whether the correction value


is written to EEPROM.

level correction value to EEPROM. During the writing


operation, screen T44 displayed.
Screen T45 is
displayed when writing is complete.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Scanner status

Available buttons

L lights without blinking.

All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to EEPROM.

Screen T45
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

o (upper half) lights without blinking.

Send to button: Terminates this mode and


returns to screen T04.

The value has been written successfully.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

145
231

Section 6.1.5
(5) When the white level adjustment fails
When the white level adjustment fails, Screen T46 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has occurred. After
checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.
Screen T46
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

Displays c without blinking.

Function button: Displays error information (screen T47)


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

The adjustment has failed.

Screen T47
Function
Display

Description

No.

Countermeasure
when
abnormal
termination frequently occurs
The Lamps, Optical units may be defective.
Replace the defective parts.

1: media error

1
2

5 3

The test sheet may not be the specified one.


Please confirm the test sheet.

<Available buttons at screen T47>


Send to button: Terminates this mode and return to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

146
231

Section 6.1.6

6.1.6 Maintenance Mode #5: Consumables counter display and Reset


In this mode, the following consumable counters cab be displayed and reset:

Pick counter (Abrasion counter for the Pick roller)

Brake roller counter (Abrasion counter for the Brake roller)

Remaining ink (with the Imprinter installed)

Print cartridge counter (with the Imprinter installed)


[How to operate]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button four times to select
(Maintenance mode #5) and press the Scan/Stop button.
A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the counters as follows.
Function
Display
0
1
2
3

No.

Display

Remarks

Pick counter (Abrasion counter for Pick roller)


Brake roller counter (Abrasion counter for Brake roller)
Remaining ink
Print cartridge counter

Default
Only when the Imprinter is
installed.

(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.


(3) The counter is displayed as follows when pressing the Scan/Stop button.
Counter
Pick counter

Brake roller counter


Remaining ink

Display
The counter displays 8 digits in total, 1 number at a time (1 blink), from left digit to
right digit. (If the counter has not reached 8 digits yet, 0 is added to blank digits.) The
symbol - is displayed before the first number, indicating the counter display begins.
The counter displays 0 until it reaches 500, and increases in increments of 10 after
500.
eg. When the counter is 16,245, -00016240 is displayed in the following order:
- 0 0 0 1 6 2 4 0
See Pick counter for how to display.
The counter displays 3 digits in total between 100 to o (percentage), following the
symbol -. 100 (%) is the initial value. As consumed amount of ink differs
depending on environmental condition, this is approximate number.
eg. When ink remains 58%:
- 0 5 8

Print cartridge counter

The counter displays 8 digits in total. See Pick counter for how to display.

[How to reset]
The following buttons are available during the counter display.
Function button: Displays screen T51 to reset the counter.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.
Screen T51
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
o (lower half) blinks.
Counter is ready to be reset.

Available buttons

Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin resetting the


displayed counter value to 0. During the reset operation,
screen T52 displayed. Screen T53 is displayed when the
counter is reset.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

147
231

Section 6.1.6
Screen T52
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

L lights without blinking.

All buttons are disabled.

The counter is being reset.

Screen T53
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
o (upper
blinking.

half)

lights

Available buttons
without

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Counter reset is complete.


Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

148
231

Section 6.1.7

6.1.7 Maintenance Mode #6: Miscellaneous information display


In this mode, the following information is displayed:

Firmware version number

Starting date of the scanner *

The accumulated number that have been scanned by the ADF


*: This indicates the date when the scanner is activated by the driver for the first time. This information is only available if the
driver supports this function.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button five times to select
(Maintenance mode #6) and press the Scan/Stop button.
A number is shown on the Function No. Display indicating the information as follows.
Function No.
Display
Remarks
Display
0
Firmware version
Default
1
Starting date of the scanner
2
Accumulated number of paper scanned by ADF
(2) Change the selection by pressing the Function button.
(3) The information is displayed as follows when pressing the Scan/Stop button.
Information
Firmware version number

Starting date of the scanner

Display
The version numbers (4 digits for each) are displayed following the symbol -.
eg.1. When the SDC version is A00 and the MDC version is B00 (*1),
<SDC>
<MDC>
- 0 1 0 0 - 0 2 0 0
The letter A through L are expressed by two digits with following rule.
A
B
C

J
K
L
SDC: Firm for controlling interface
01
02
03 10 11
12
MDC: Firm for controlling mechanism
eg.2. When the SDC version is B00, the MDC is C00, and the Imprinter version is A00
<SDC>
<MDC>
- 0 2 0 0 - 0 3 0 0
<Imprinter>
P 0 1 0 0
The display changes every 0.5 second.
Starting date of the scanner is displayed in 6 digits, 2 digits for Year (Christian calendar), 2
digits for Month, and 2 digits for Date, following the symbol -. You cannot reset the
date.
eg. When the starting date is January 31st, 2002, 020131 is displayed in the following order:
- 0 2 0 1 3 1

The accumulated number


of paper scanned by the
ADF

The accumulated number of scanned by the ADF is displayed in 8 digits from left to right,
following the symbol -. (If the counter does not reach 8 digits, 0 is added to blank digits.)
The counter displays 0 until it reaches 10, and increases in increment of 10. You cannot reset
this counter.
eg. When the accumulated number is 16,245, 00016240 is displayed in the following
order:
- 0 0 0 1 6 2 4 0
*1: The firmware version is normally expressed by an alphabet, such as A, B or C. However, if the firmware is a beta version,
two digits are added after the alphabet character, such as A01, A02 or A03. So the firmware version like A00, B00 or C00
means this is an official version.
*2: As the Function No. display cannot display alphabets, an alphabet is expressed by two digits as follows:
A
B
C
---------J
K
L
01
02
03
---------10
11
12
[How to abort]
Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

149
231

Section 6.1.8

6.1.8 Maintenance Mode #7: EEPROM data restore


When replacing the Panel PCA A, the EEPROM data on the Panel PCA A must be moved to the flash memory of the Control
PCA. In this mode, the data is restored from the Control PCA to the Panel PCA A.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button six times to select
The following display appears.

(Maintenance mode #7) and press the Scan/Stop button.

To restore the EEPROM data, press the Scan/Stop and Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The restore operation
begins. Screen T72 is displayed during the operation. T73 is displayed when restoration is complete.
Screen T71
Function No.
Display

Screen T72
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

o (lower half) blinks.

Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Returns the data from the

Confirming whether the data is


restored or not.

Control PCA to the EEPROM. During the restore


operation, screen T72 is displayed.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Scanner status

Available buttons

L lights without blinking.

All buttons are disabled.

The data is being restored.

When the data restoration is successful, the following display appears. Press the Send to button: to return to screen T04.
Screen T73
Normal termination
Function No.
Scanner status
Display
Displays o (upper
without blinking.

Available buttons
half)

Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

The data has been restored


successfully.

When no data exists on the Control PCA, the following display appears. Press the Send to button to return to screen T04.
Screen T74
No data
Function No.
Scanner status
Display
Displays c without blinking.

Available buttons
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

150
231

Section 6.1.9

6.1.9 Maintenance Mode #8: Ultrasonic sensor adjustment


In this mode, the optimum Ultrasonic sensor (US sensor) output is automatically adjusted in order to improve the multi feed
detection accuracy.

Before this adjustment, obtain the adjustment sheet (A4 size thick paper) described in Section 5.4.
[How to start]
(1) From screen T04, press the Function button seven times to select
(Maintenance mode #8). Place the adjustment sheet on
the ADF paper chute and press the Scan/Stop button. The adjustment will begin.
Screen T81 is displayed during the Ultrasonic sensor adjustment.
Screen T81
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Blinking 5
adjustment.

is

displayed

Available buttons
during

All buttons are disabled.

[How to abort]
Press the Send to button during the adjustment operation. The operation stops and the Maintenance mode selection screen
(T04) appears.
If

is displayed, the adjustment was successful. Go to item No.4.

If

is displayed, the adjustment failed. Go to item No.5.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

151
231

Section 6.1.9
(4) When the ultrasonic sensor adjustment is successful
If the ultrasonic sensor adjustment is successful, Screen T82 appears. To save the adjustment result, press the Function
button. If not, press the Send to button.
Screen T82
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Displays o without blinking.
The adjustment has been successful.

Available buttons
Function button: Displays screen T83 and writing the correction
value in EEPROM is available.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

After the Function button is pressed, Screen T83 is displayed. To write the adjustment result, press the Scan/Stop and the
Function buttons simultaneously, then let go. The writing operation begins. Screen T84 is displayed during operation, and
T85 is displayed when writing has completed.
Screen T83
Function No.
Display

Screen T84
Function No.
Display

Scanner status

Available buttons

o (lower half) blinks.

Scan/Stop + Function button, then let go: Begin writing the white

Confirming whether the correction value


is written to EEPROM or not.

level correction value into EEPROM. During the writing


operation, screen T84 displayed.
Screen T85 is
displayed when writing is complete.
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Scanner status

Available buttons

L lights without blinking.

All buttons are disabled.

Correction value is being written to


EEPROM.
Screen T85
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
o (upper half) lights without blinking.

Available buttons
Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

The value has been written successfully.

Press the Send to button to terminate this mode and return to screen T04.
To exit the Maintenance mode completely, keep pressing the Power button to turn the scanner OFF.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

152
231

Section 6.1.9
(5) When the ultrasonic sensor adjustment fails
When the ultrasonic sensor adjustment fails, Screen T86 appears. Press the Function button to see what error has occurred.
After checking the error, press the Send to button to return to Screen T04.
Screen T86
Function No.
Display

Scanner status
Displays c without blinking.
The adjustment has failed.

Screen T87
Function
No.
Display

Available buttons

Function button: Displays error information (screen T87)


Send to button: Terminates this mode and returns to screen T04.

Description
1: Adjustment failed because of incorrect sensor output.

1
2

5 3

Countermeasure
when
abnormal
termination frequently occurs
Confirm whether this adjustment has been
performed with the Adjustment sheet
(PA03296-Y990) in Section 6.4. If the
adjustment sheet is right, the US sensor or
US PCA is defective.

Send to button: Terminates this mode and return to screen T04.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

153
231

Section 6.2

6.2 Saving EEPROM Data


The EEPROM data on the Panel PCA A can be saved to the flash memory of the Control PCA. This operation is required when
replacing the Panel PCA A. Since this operation is performed when the Panel PCA A is malfunctioning, the following
procedure was designed to save the EEPROM data without the use of the operator panel.

1. Do not perform this procedure unless the Panel PCA A is malfunctioning.


2. The Panel PCA A from which the data was saved to the Control PCA cannot be used again.
3. Make sure to have a new Panel PCA A before saving the EEPROM data.
4. If EEPROM data cannot be saved/restored, the device setting returns to the factory default. Explain
your customer and ask to configure the device setting again. (See Note 2.)

[How to save the EEPROM data onto the Control PCA]


1.
Open the ADF cover. While pressing the TOP sensor lever
(ON), power on the scanner. P -> H are displayed.
2.
Let go of the TOP sensor lever. Press the TOP sensor longer
than 1 second twice.
3.
Close the ADF cover. L is displayed when the Function No.
Display is working normally.
4.
After more than 5 seconds elapse, open the ADF cover.
5.
When the EEPROM data is successfully saved, the ADF front
lamp blinks 3 times and
is displayed on the Function No.
Display. In case the EEPROM data is not successfully
saved, the lamp does not blink and
is displayed on the
Function No. Display.

TOP sensor

1. If EEPROM data is saved to the Control PCA successfully, the scanner writes some information on the Panel PCA A that
disables the usage of it. The replacement of the Panel PCA A is required after saving the EEPROM data to the Control
PCA. If the scanner is turned on without replacing the Panel PCA A, E and 6 are displayed alternately on the
Operator panel which signifies an error.
2. If EEPROM data cannot be saved/restored, the unique setting will not be taken over. The device setting will return to the
factory default (initial setting).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

154
231

Section 6.3

6.3 Test Item List


6.1.5

6.1.8

sensor

ADF FIX UNIT

ADF REV UNIT

BACK GROUND UNIT F

BACK GROUND UNIT B

INVERTER

US SENSOR

US PCA
SENSOR
(For Pick arm position detection)
8

(For Background switchover


mechanism detection)
(For Empty sensor)
9

PICK SENSOR
10

DF SENSOR
11

GUIDE S ASSY
12

PICK MOTOR
13

HK RING ME
BW MOTOR
(For Pick arm drive)
14

(For Background switchover


mechanism drive)
15

FEED MOTOR
16

BELT ADF
17

TOP SENSOR
18

SENSOR OP
19

OPTICAL UNIT ADF


20

CONTROL PCA
21
(Reserved)
22

FUSE 1
23

FUSE 2
24

FUSE 3
25

POWER SUPPLY
26

STACKER ASSY
27

CHUTE ASSY
28

CHUTE ROLLER
29

*1
PANEL UNIT A
30

*1
PANEL PCA A
31

PANEL UNIT B
32

PANEL PCA B
33

FAN ASSY
34

CGA BOARD
35

DIMM
36

ADF UNIT
*1: Before replacing the Panel Unit A and/or the Panel PCA A, be sure to save the EEPROM data (Section 6.2).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

6.1.9
Ultrasonic
adjustment

6.1.7

EEPROM data restore

White level adjustment

6.1.6

Miscellaneous
information display

6.1.4
Offset adjustment

Sub-scanning
magnification adjustment

(Imprinter sensor)
Sensor test

Maintenance Mode

Paper feeding test

No.

6.1.3

Consumable
counter
display & reset

6.1.2

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

155
231

Section 7.1

Chapter 7

Operation and Daily Maintenance

7.1 Basic Operation


7.1.1 Turning the Scanner ON/OFF
Turning the Scanner ON

For a SCSI cable connection, be sure to turn on your computer AFTER turning on the scanner, and making
sure number 1 indicates on the Function Number Display.
(1) Press the I side of the Main Power Switch of the scanner.

(2) Press the [Power] button on the Operator Panel.


The scanner is turned ON, and the Power LED on the Operator Panel lights in green.

Function Number Display


Note that while the scanner is being initialized, the indication of the Function Number Display changes as follows: 8
P 0 1, where 1 means that the Operator Panel is in the Ready Status.

Use the Main Power Switch to turn on the power if Power SW Control using the [Power] button on the Operator Panel
has been disabled.

Turning the Scanner OFF


(1) Press the [Power] button on the Operator Panel for more than 2 seconds.
The power is turned off and the Power LED goes off.
(2) Press the O side of the Main Power Switch of the scanner.

Use the Main Power Switch to turn off the power if Power SW Control using the [Power] button on the Operator Panel
has been disabled.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

156
231

Section 7.1.2

7.1.2 Loading Documents on the ADF


This section describes how to load documents on the ADF.
(1) Align the edge of your document.
1 Confirm that all the documents have the same width.
2 Check the number of sheets in the document stack.
The following is a guideline for the limits on loadable sheets:
A4/letter-size paper or smaller that makes a document stack of 20 mm or less (80 g/m2)
A4/letter-size paper or larger that makes a document stack of 10 mm or less (80 g/m2)
(2) Fan the documents as follows:
1 Hold the document stack with both hands and fan it out several times.

2. Turn the document stack by 90 degrees, and then fan it in the different orientation again.
3. Align the edge of the document.
(3) Load the documents face down on the ADF Paper Chute.

Note: If the documents to scan are long, slide the Paper Chute Extension
out from the ADF Paper Chute up to the position where the
documents can be fully supported.

When scanning plastic cards, you need to pay attention to the following:
Place one card on the ADF Paper Chute at a time.
It is recommended that the front side of the card be placed face down in the ADF.
Place the card in the following orientation (portrait).
The card to be scanned should satisfy:
ISO7810 type ID-1 type compliant card
Size : 86 (height) x 54 (width) mm
Thickness : 0.76 0.08 mm
Material : Poly vinyl chloride (PVC) or Polyvinyl
chloride acetate (PVCA)
Before scanning your card, test with a dummy card of the
same material to see if it can be fed into the ADF
properly.
Embossed cards cannot be scanned.
Cards that are excessively rigid or less flexible may not feed smoothly.
Wipe off greasy finger marks if any from the surface of card before scanning the card.
Cards cannot be scanned when the imprinter is installed.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

157
231

Section 7.1.2
(4) Adjust the Side Guides to the width of the document.
Slide the Side Guides so they touch both edges of the document lightly.
Any gap between the guides and the document edge may cause skewed images.

Remove paper clips and staples from the document before scanning.
If multifeed or mis-picking occurs, reduce the number of documents loaded on the Chute.
When loading small documents, be careful not to touch the hood for the Chute Roller during scanning. Doing so may
let the hood open that may catch your finger.

(5) Pull out the Stacker Extension to the length of the documents, and then raise the Paper Stopper to stop the documents.

Adjust the height of the Stacker according to the paper type being scanned.
Select a desired height. The upper position is recommended for ordinary use.

Select the lower position to scan thin or curled documents.

The number of documents that can be loaded on the ADF decreases when the upper position is selected. (About 100
sheets if the paper weight is 80g/m2.)
(6) Open the scanning application to begin scanning.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

158
231

Section 7.1.2
The following is the example of scanning procedure by ScandAll PRO.
1. Start up the ScandAll PRO.
Select the [start] menu [All Programs] [Fujitsu ScandAll PRO] [Fujitsu ScandAll PRO].
ScandAll PRO starts up.
2. Select the [Tool] menu [Preferences].
The [Setup] dialog box appears.
3. On the [Scan] tab, under [Device Driver], select either of the drivers, and then click the [OK] button.
4. Select the [Scan] menu [Select Scanner].
The [Select Scanner] dialog box appears.
5. Select a scanner you want to use, and then click the [Select] button.
Select the scanner model name that you connected to the PC. The indication of the scanner name depends on the scanner
driver selected. If you use CGA, select Kofax VRS Scanner.
TWAIN
ISISVRS
Scanner model
FUJITSU TWAIN32
FUJITSU ISIS
Kofax VRS
fi-6670
FUJITSU fi-6670dj
Fujitsu fi-6670
Kofax VRS Scanner
fi-6670A
6. Select the [Scan] menu [Scan Settings].
On the [Scan Settings] dialog box, specify the folder where the scanned document images are saved into.
7. On the [Scan Settings] dialog box, click the [Scanner Setting] button.
Configure the scan parameters such as Resolution and Paper size.
8. On the [Scan settings] dialog box, click the [Scan] button.
When the scanning operation is complete, the scanned image is displayed on the ScandAll PRO window.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

159
231

Section 7.1.3

7.1.3 Software Operation Panel


The Software Operation Panel (SOP) is installed together with the scanner divers (TWAIN/ISIS).
With this application, you can configure various settings for operating the scanner and for managing its consumables, and the
setting information that is necessary to be saved is stored in the EEPROM.
1. Confirm if the scanner is connected correctly to the PC, then power on the scanner.
2. Select the [start] menu [All Programs] [Scanner Utility for Microsoft Windows] [Software Operation Panel].
The [Software Operation Panel] dialog box appears.
FUJITSU Software Operation Panel

You can confirm and configure the following items on the Software Operation Panel.
z
Diagnosis: Diagnoses the scanner.
z
Device Info: Displays various information of the scanner.
z
Device Setting: Checks the Page counter, configures Power saving, Offset and Vertical magnification adjustment.
z
Device Setting 2: Configures Multifeed, Page edge filler, Dropout color, Useful life counter, etc.
* For the details of each setting, refer to the table below.

[Device setting]
Item

Explanation

Selectable Parameters

Page Counter
(Consumables
counters)

For evaluating the


consumable
replacement cycle.
Use this function to
reset the counters after
cleaning or replacing
the consumables.

After
cleaning/Brake
Roller/Pick Roller

0 pages

Remaining Ink (only when


the imprinter option for
fi-6670/fi-6670A
is
installed)

Specify the waiting time


before
entering
the
Power saving mode.
Adjust
the
starting
position
for
the
document scanning.

Setting range: 15 to 55
min. (in steps of 5 min.)

Shown
only
when
the
Imprinter option
for fi-6670/6670A
is installed
15 min.

Power saving
Offset

Vertical
magnification
Adjustment

Adjust the magnification


in the feeding direction
on the scanning side
specified for [Unit].

Default

Unit:
For connection via
SCSI/USB Connector 1:
ADF (Front), ADF (Back)
For connection via
SCSI/USB Connector 2:
ADF (Back)
Main/Sub: -2 mm to 3 mm
(in steps of 0.5 mm)
Setting range: -3.1 to
3.1% (in steps of 0.1%)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

0%

Drawing
No.

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

Yes

Main/Sub: 0mm

Name

I.Fujioka

Connector Connector
1
2
Connection via
SCSI/USB connector

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

160
231

Section 7.1.3

[Device Setting 2]

Item

Multifeed

Page
Edge
Filler (ADF)

Dropout color

Pre-pick

Explanation

Selectable Parameters

Select the method to detect


multifeeds.
Check either of overlapping
or document length, or both.
Can also be specified from
the scanner drivers setting
dialog box.
Note the setting with the
scanner driver is given a
priority.
Fill the specified width of
the end sections on the
scanned image with white
or black color.
When the backing
(background) color is white,
the end sections are filled
with white; and when the
background color is black,
filled with black.
Can also be specified from
the scanner drivers setting
dialog box.
Note the setting with a
larger value is given a
priority.
The setting here is not
applied when Kofax VRS is
used.
Drop out a preselected
color for the scanned image
(binary black &
white/grayscale mode only).
Can also be specified from
the scanner drivers setting
dialog box.
Note the setting with the
scanner driver is given a
priority.
To give a higher priority to
processing speed, select
[Yes], if not, select [No].
Can also be specified from
the scanner drivers setting
dialog box.
Note the setting with the
scanner driver is given a
priority.

None/Check
Overlapping
[Ultrasonic]/Check
Length/Check
Overlapping
and
Length
Selectable
length (to be detected
as length difference):
10, 15 or 20 mm
ADF:
Top/Left/Right: 0 to 15
mm
Bottom: -7 to 7 mm (in
increments of 1 mm)

Check
Overlapping
[Ultrasonic]
Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Top/Bottom/
Left/Right:
0mm

(A: Image area, B:


Filled area, A+B:
Output area)

Red/Green/Blue/White

Green

Yes/No

Yes

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

Default

Connector Connector
1
2
Connection via
SCSI/USB
connector

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

161
231

Section 7.1.3

[Device Setting 2] (Contd)

Item

Explanation

Selectable Parameters

Default

Document
check
area
specification
for
Multifeed
Detection

Selected range: Check this


item when limiting the range
of detecting multifeeds. You
can determine if multifeed
detection is enabled or
disabled for the specified
area.
Start: Specify the start point
of the check area in length
(mm) from the top edge of
the document.
End: Specify the end point
of the check area in length
(mm) from the top edge of
the document.
Bypass multifeed detection
by remembering the pattern
(size and location) of glued
paper on the document.
Note that you need to select
"Check
Overlapping"
beforehand.
Displays the time to clean
the consumables. When the
number of sheets scanned
exceeds the value of this
counter, the background
color of the counter turns
yellow and a cleaning
instruction is prompted from
the scanner driver.
The cleaning instruction is
not displayed when CGA
(Kofax VRS) is used.
When the value of the page
counter
(consumables
counter) exceeds a value
specified
here,
the
background color of the
counter turns yellow, and a
replacing
instruction
is
displayed from the scanner
driver.
Specify the data transfer
width when the connection
is via SCSI Connector 2 on
the CGA board.
Select whether to round up
or down the fractional part of
scanned image data.

Check or do not check


"Selected range"
Enable/Disable
(when "Selected range" is
checked)

Do not check

0 to 510 mm
(in increments of 2 mm)

0mm

0 to 510 mm
(in increments of 2 mm)

0mm

Manual Mode/Auto Mode


1/Auto Mode 2

Intelligent
Multifeed
Function

Cleaning Cycle

Useful
counter

SCSI
WIdth

AutoCrop
Boundary

life

Bus

Disable

Yes

Yes

Manual mode

Yes

Yes

1,000 to 255,000 sheets


(in increments
of 1,000)
Show cleaning
instructions: Check/Do
not check

10,000
sheets

Yes

Yes

10,000 to 2,550,000
sheets (in increments
of 10,000) for each
consumable

200,000

Yes

Yes

16 bit (Wide)/8 bit

16bit (wide)

No

Yes

Round Up/Round Down

Round Down

Yes

No

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

Connector Connector
1
2
Connection via
SCSI/USB
connector

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

Do not check

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

162
231

Section 7.1.3

[Device Setting 2] (Contd)


Item
Manual-feed
timeout

Power
Control

SW

Scan Setting
for Document
with Tab

Scan Setting
for Document
in
Dark
Background
Color

Overcrop/
Undercrop

Pick Pressure

Explanation

Selectable Parameters

Specify the waiting time to


disable manual feeding.

Disable/Enable
Waiting time setting
when this option is
enabled:
For connection via
SCSI/USB Connector 1:
5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
60, 70, 80, 90, 100,
110, 120, 180, 240,
300, 360, 420, 480,
540, 600, 900, 1200,
1500, 1800, 1999 (in
seconds)

Specify whether or not to


enable power switch by using
the [Power] button on the
Operator Panel.
For a document that includes
index sheets or a document
with index stickers (or tabs)
attached at its bottom edge,
you can specify whether or
not to include the index
portion (or tab) images during
scanning with Auto Paper
Size Detection setting. When
"Document with tab" is
selected, the tab (index)
image is included in the
document page image.
Scanning speed with this
setting, however, slows down
to a certain degree.
Once this setting is enabled,
the
[Scan
Setting
for
Document
in
Dark
Background Color] option will
automatically be disabled.
Specify whether or not to
detect the edge of document
in a dark background color
during scanning.
You can specify a density of
background color so the edge
will be detected correctly.
Once this option is enabled,
the settings for scanning
documents with tabs will
automatically be disabled.
Adjust the output image
scanned by enabling the
Automatic
Page
Size
Detection option.
Specify the pick pressure for
feeding documents.

For connection via


SCSI/USB Connector 2:
5, 10, 20, 30 (in
seconds)
Enable power switch/
Disable power switch

Disable

Connector Connector
1
2
Yes
Yes

Enable
power
switch

Yes

Yes

For connection via


SCSI/USB Connector 1:
Document with
tab/Document without
tab/Non-rectangular
document
For connection via
SCSI/USB Connector 2:
Document
with
tab/Document
without
tab

Document
without tab

Yes

Yes

Disable/Enable
Density of background
color: 1 to 5
Levels

Disable

No

Yes

Overcrop: 0 mm to 3
mm (in increments of 1
mm)
Undercrop: -3 mm to 0
mm (in increments of 1
mm)
Low/Mid/High

0mm

No

Yes

Mid

Yes

Yes

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

Default

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

163
231

Section 7.2.1

7.2 Cleaning

When operating the scanner, the glass inside the ADF become very hot.
Before you clean the inside of the scanner, turn off its power and unplug the AC adapter from the DC outlet. Wait for at least
15 minutes for the ADF glass to cool.
Before you clean the Feed Rollers and Eject Rollers, turn off the scanner and unplug the AC adapter from the DC outlet.
Wait for at least 15 minutes, then turn on the power again.
Do not use any aerosol sprays or alcohol based sprays to clean the scanner. Dust blown up by strong air from the spray may
enter the inside of the scanner. This may cause the scanner to fail or malfunction.
Sparks caused by static electricity, generated when blowing off dust and dirt from the outside of the scanner, may cause a fire.
Note:
The actual cleaning cycle depends on the conditions of the documents scanned. You must clean the scanner more frequently
when the following documents are scanned:
- Smooth-faced documents such as coated paper
- Documents with printed text or graphics almost covering the entire surface
- Chemically treated documents such as carbonless paper
- Documents containing a large amount of calcium carbonate
- A large volume of documents written with pencil
- Documents on which the toner is not fused sufficiently

7.2.1 Cleaning the ADF


As a guideline, clean the ADF every 10,000 scanned sheets.
Note that this guideline varies according to the type of documents you scan. For example, it may be necessary to clean the ADF
more frequently if documents are scanned when the toner is not fused to the paper properly.
Clean the ADF by following the procedure below.
(1) Turn off the scanner, and wait for at least 15 minutes.
(2) Pushing the ADF Open Buttons, lift open the ADF.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your finger.

(3) Clean the following locations using a cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
Note: To avoid damaging the document sensors, take care that cloth does not hook them during wiping.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

164
231

Section 7.2.1

Brake Roller
Lightly clean the Brake Roller along the grooves on the rollers, taking care not to scratch its surface.
When cleaning the Brake Roller, remove them from the scanner.

Pick Rollers
Lightly clean the Pick Rollers along the grooves on the rollers, taking care not to scratch their surface. Take particular care
when cleaning these rollers as black debris on them adversely affects the paper pick performance.

Roller without groove

Roller with groove

Plastic Rollers
Lightly clean the Plastic Rollers, taking care not to damage their surface. Take particular care when cleaning these rollers
as black debris on them adversely affects the pickup performance. Be careful not to damage the sponge HK Rings attached
on each side of the rollers.

Pick Arm
Lightly wipe off the roller at the tip of the Pick Arm.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

165
231

Section 7.2.1

Chute Roller
Lightly wipe off the Chute Roller with its hood open.

Glasses/Sheet Guides/Ultrasonic Sensors


Lightly wipe off the glass, Sheet Guides, and Ultrasonic Sensors.

If the glass is dirty, vertical streaks may appear in the scanned images.

(4) Turn on the scanner. Then clean the Feed Rollers.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

166
231

Section 7.2.1

Feed Rollers
1 With the power on, open the ADF when the Operator Panel indicates error code other than P and number 0.
Note that the Feed Rollers will not rotate if you open the ADF and do the following action while P and 0 are
indicated.
2 Hold down the [Send to] and [Scan/Stop] buttons simultaneously on the Operator Panel. The Feed Rollers and Eject
Rollers start to rotate.

Both the Feed Rollers and Eject Rollers turn at the same time.
3 Hold a soft cloth moistened with cleaning fluid against the surface of the rotating Feed Rollers and Eject Rollers so that
the cloth wipes off the surface of the rollers lightly. Take particular care in cleaning these rollers as black debris on them
adversely affects the feeding performance.
As a guideline, pressing of the [Send to] and [Scan/Stop] buttons together seven times turn the Feed Rollers and Eject
Rollers one full rotation.

(5) Close the ADF.


Press down on the center of the ADF to return it to its original position until the ADF Open Buttons are locked.

Note: Make sure the ADF is completely and properly closed. Feeding errors may occur if the ADF is not closed properly.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

167
231

Section 7.3

7.3 Consumables and Replacement


When operating the scanner, the glasses inside the ADF become very hot.
Before you replace the consumables, turn the scanner off and unplug the power cable. Wait for at least 15 minutes for the
ADF glasses to cool down.

7.3.1 Consumables
The scanner has the following consumables which users need to replace at the following intervals. To check the number of
scanned documents, go to Maintenance mode (Section 6.1.6) or the Software Operation Panel of the scanner (Section 7.1.3).
For Imprinter (option) consumables: See Section 8.1.1
No.

Part name

Specifications

Standard replacement

How to check the number

How to replace

cycle *1
of scanned documents
250,000 sheets
or
See Section 7.3.3.
1
Brake roller
PA03576-K010
one year
See Section 7.3.2.
250,000 sheets
or
See Section 7.3.4.
2
Pick roller
PA03338-K011
one year
* The replacement cycles above are rough guidelines for the case of using A4/Letter-sized woodfree or wood containing paper
of 64 g/m2 (17 lb) in weight. This cycle varies according to the type of the paper used and how frequently the scanner is used
and cleaned.
Note: Use only the specified consumables to avoid document feeding trouble.

7.3.2 Checking and Resetting the Consumables Counters


(1) Start up the Software Operation Panel.
Select [start] menu -> [All Programs] -> [Scanner Utility for Microsoft Windows] -> [Software Operation Panel].
(2) From the tree listing on the left, select [Device Setting].

In the dialog box, you can confirm the following items:


Item
Description
Total Page Count (ADF)
Total scanned sheets using the ADF
After cleaning
Total sheets scanned after last cleaning
Brake Roller
Number of sheets scanned since last replacement of Brake Roller
Pick Roller
Number of sheets scanned since last replacement of Pick Rollers
Remaining Ink
Remaining ink in the imprinters (option) print cartridge
(Displayed only when the imprinter option is used.)
(3) Click the [Clear] button beside the replaced consumables.
(4) Click the [OK] button on the cleaning instruction displayed.
The counter is reset to 0.
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

168
231

Section 7.3.3

7.3.3 Replacing the Brake Roller


(1) Remove all the documents (if any) from the ADF Paper Chute.
(2) Pushing the ADF Open Buttons, lift open the ADF.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.

(3) Holding the Brake Roller Holder, open the cover of the Brake Roller in the arrow-indicated direction, and then remove the
Brake Roller from the scanner.

(4) Remove the Brake Roller from its shaft.

(5) Attach a new Brake Roller by joining the groove of the shaft with the protruding section of the rotating shaft.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

169
231

Section 7.3.3
(6) Place the Brake Roller in the holder by aligning the flat section of the rotating shaft to the guide slot of the Brake Holder on
the scanner, and then close the Brake Roller Holder.

(7) Close the ADF by pressing down the center of the ADF to return to its original position until the ADF clicks into place.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.


Do not close the ADF while the Brake Roller Cover is open.
Confirm that the Brake Roller is attached firmly. If not,
paper feed errors such as multfeeds will occur.
(8) Reset the brake roller counter by referring to Section 7.3.2.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

170
231

Section 7.3.4

7.3.4 Replacing the Pick Rollers

The scanner has two Pick Rollers. Be sure to replace both of them at the same time.
(1) Remove documents (if any) from the ADF Paper Chute.
(2) Pushing the ADF Open Buttons, lift open the ADF.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.

(3) Remove the ADF Paper Chute.

(4) Open the Pick Roller Cover and pull out the Pick Rollers (x2) from the rotating shaft on the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

171
231

Section 7.3.4
(5) Insert each new Pick Roller so its socket will fit on to the rotating shaft screws on the scanner, and close the Pick Roller
Cover. Confirm that both sides of the cover are locked firmly.

(6) Attach the ADF Paper Chute.


(7) Close the ADF by pressing down the center of the ADF to return to its original position until the ADF clicks into place.

Be careful, the ADF may close and pinch your fingers.


Do not close the ADF while the Pick Roller Cover is open.
Confirm that the Pick Rollers are attached firmly. If not,
paper feed errors such as paper jams will occur.

(8) Reset the pick roller counter by referring to Section 7.3.2.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

172
231

Section 8.1.1

Chapter 8

Imprinter

8.1 Imprinter Specification


8.1.1 Printing Specification

Normal:

0o

180o (horizontal)

270o (vertical)
Feeding direction

Feeding direction

Character pitch
Font Style
Character width
Document that can be
scanned

A
B
C
0
0
1

(Backside)

Character size
(Verti. X Holi.)

Feeding direction

Feeding direction

ABC001

(Backside)

90o

Number of characters
per line
Print orientation

Specification
Thermal inkjet printing
Post printing (printing after scanning)
Alphabet
: A~Z, a~z
Numeric Characters : 0, 1~9
Symbols
: ! $ # % & ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _` { | } ~
Maximum 43 characters

ABC001

Item
Printing Method
Print Timing
Printing Characters

(Backside)

(Backside)

180 (horizontal)
Narrow: 0
Normal: Height 2.91mm width 2.82mm / 0.1146 0.1110 inch (horizontal orientation),
Height 2.82mm width 2.91mm / 0.1110 0.1146 inch (vertical orientation)
Narrow: Height 2.91mm width 2.12mm / 0.1146 0.0835 inch (horizontal orientation)
Normal:3.53mm / 0.139 inch, Narrow: 2.54mm / 0.100 inch
Regular, Bold
Normal, Narrow
Documents supported by fi-6670 / fi-6670A
Documents that are not easily interfused such as art paper or coated paper are not suitable for imprinting.
ATTENTION

Documents with glossy surface such as thermal paper, thermal transfer paper,
coated paper, and art paper take longer time for the ink to dry and may cause poor
print quality. The imprinter must be cleaned more frequently if you use these
types of papers.
Very thick paper or plastic document cannot be scanned when the imprinter is
installed.

Printing area
D

Feed direction

Printing Area
(Back side)

A5mm
B5mm
C5mm
D5mm
Note: Do not print less than 5mm
of the page margins.

C
A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

173
231

(Continued) Section 8.1.1


Item
Accuracy of printing
position
Interface
Consumable
(Life-span of the Ink)

Specification

4mm from the starting point for feeding direction


Exclusive interface for Imprinter
Print cartridge (CA00050-0262)
Color: Black
Replacement Cycle: 4,000,000 characters (64,000,000 dots) or 6 months
(The number of characters may decrease depending on the font selection.)

Limit of use

8.1.2 Imprinter Installation Specification


Item
Outer dimension (mm, lb)

Weight (kg)
Input voltage (V)
Condition
Environment Temperature (Degree C)
Humidity (%)

Installation Specification
Specification
Width
Depth
Height
416 (16.39)
157 (6.18)
252 (9.92)
432 (17.02) 749 (29.51) 300 (11.81)
Less than 5.0kg (11.02 lb)
Not necessary (supplied by scanner)
Operating
Non operating
10 to 35
-20 to 60
20 to 80
10 to 95

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Remarks
Imprinter dimension
Imprinter with scanner dimension
Imprinter only

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

174
231

Section 8.1.3

8.1.3 Names of Component Parts


<Imprinter Unit>
Front Side
Print Cartridge Cover

Rear Side
Print section

Screw
Lever

Fix Claw

Lift the lever to detach the

EXT cable

Connecting Pin

Imprinter from the Scanner.

<Attachment Guide>

<Imprinter with Scanner Installed>


Front Side

Rear Side

ADF (Automatic Document Feeder)

ADF Paper Chute

Operator Panel

Imprinter

ADF (Automatic Document Feeder)

Stacker

ADF Paper

ADF Open Button

Imprinter

<Inside>
Paper Guide

Print Cartridge Cover

Print Cartridge Holder

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

175
231

Section 8.1.3

8.1.3 Dimensions

<Imprinter>

<Scanner with Imprinter>

Unit: mm
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

176
231

Section 8.2.1

8.2 Operation
8.2.1 Operation
When the power is turned ON, the scanner firmware checks if the Imprinter EXT cable is connected to the scanner. If the EXT
cable is connected, the firmware judges that the Imprinter is installed, and then starts controlling the print head and sensors, and
driving the Feed rollers by the Feed motor.
The leading edges of documents fed from the ADF are detected by the sensors, and used for imprinting timing control. When
the Print section is open, Imprinter cover open is detected by the Switch (Section 4.3.13).
To prevent the Print section and ADF cover from interfering each other, open the Print section of the Imprinter first and then
open the ADF cover. When closing them, follow the reverse order.
If Print cartridge replacement message appears on the PC monitor, replace the cartridge, and then reset the Remaining ink
counter (Section 8.9.4).

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

177
231

Section 8.2.2

8.2.2 Block Diagram


Following figure shows the electric component block diagram of Imprinter.

Print cartridge
PA00050-0262

Base unit
Sensor OPB5
PA03277-D928

Sensor OP
PA03338-D917

Feed Motor
PA03576-D804

Print section
Junction PCA

PR cable
PA03334-F953

IMP CT
PA03540-K926

fi-6670

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

178
231

Section 8.3.1

8.3 Unpacking and Installation of Imprinter


This chapter describes the unpacking instructions, and installation of the Imprinter.

8.3.1 Unpacking
Follow the procedures below when unpacking the Imprinter.
unpacking.

Confirm that all the accessories are included after

(1) Open the box.


(2) Remove the accessories and separation board.
(3) Remove the Cushion T and Imprinter from the box.
(4) Take out the Imprinter from the PET bag.
(5) Remove the protection tape from the Imprinter.
Table below shows the list of packaging configuration list and figure below shows the packaging configuration.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Description
Outer box
Cushion B
Cushion T
Accessory box
Imprinter
Print cartridge
Attachment guide
Imprinter Operators guide

Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Remarks

3
4
3
5

[In the Accessory box]


6,7,8

2
2

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

179
231

Section 8.3.2

8.3.2 Installing / Removing the Imprinter


<Installation>
(1) Turn off the Scanner and disconnect the electrical power cable.
(2) Remove the Stacker from the scanner.
Press down on the center of the stacker to bow it, and then remove the stacker pin from the scanner to remove the Stacker.

(3) Open the cable cover horizontally, and bow it down to remove.

You must remove the Stacker and Cable Cover before installing the Imprinter onto the Scanner.
(4) Install the Imprinter to the scanner.
1. Orient the Attachment Guide as shown below.
Attachment Guide

ADF

Shaft

ADF

2. Check the Shaft from below.


Scanner

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

180
231

Section 8.3.2
3. Locate the Attachment Guide along the shaft.

Shaft

4. Push up the attachment guide.

(5) Remove the attached screw from the Imprinters rear position.

Screw

(6) Install the Imprinter on to the Scanner.

Connecting Pin

To install the Imprinter on to the scanner, insert the connecting pins located on the Imprinters rear into the scanners round
holes.
- Do not hold the bottom of the Imprinter wherever lifting it up.
- Attach the imprinter firmly on to the scanner. ( Confirm that the Imprinter does not separate from the Scanner when
pulled.)
- Be careful not to pinch your fingers.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

181
231

Section 8.3.2

See the imprinter in


this direction

(7) Attach the Thumb screw to secure the Imprinter.


Screw

EXT Cable

(8) Connect the EXT Cable to the scanners rear connector.


The Imprinter will not work if the EXT cable is not connected to the Scanner. Scanning when the EXT cable
is not connected will cause documents to jam inside the Imprinter.
(9) Replace the Cable cover (removed in step 3) to the Imprinter.
Hook the cover onto the imprinter by fitting the cover's lower side slots to the corresponding protrusions on each side of
the imprinter. Pushing on the upper part of the cover, fix it to the imprinter.

(10) Replace the Stacker (removed in step (2) into the Imprinter.
c Insert one end.

d Insert the next end.

(11) Connect the power cable to the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

182
231

Section 8.3.2

<Removal>
(1) Remove the Stacker from the Imprinter.
(2) Remove the Cable cover located under the Stacker from the Imprinter.
(3) Disconnect the EXT cable from the EXT connector of the scanner.
(4) Remove the Thumb screw that secures the scanner to the imprinter.
(5) Push up the lever located at bottom left of the Imprinter.

(6) Remove the Imprinter by pulling it out in the direction of the arrow as shown below.

(7) Pressing your fingers on the Attachment Guide, slide it down and out to remove.

(8) Replace the Cable cover (removed in step 2) to the scanner.


(9) Replace the Stacker (removed in step 1) to the scanner.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

183
231

Section 8.3.3

8.3.3 Installing the Print Cartridge


Install the print cartridge as follows:

When installing or replacing the print cartridge, be careful not to insert it improperly.
(1) Confirm that the scanner is turned off.
(2) To open the print cartridge cover, grasp and pull open the center
of the cover as shown to the right.
(3) Remove the packing tape from the Print Cartridge Holder and Paper
Guides.
(4) Open the Print Cartridge Holder by pinching and lifting up its
locking lever with your fingers, as shown below.

Paper Guides

Print Cartridge Holder

(5) Remove the new print cartridge from its pouch.


(6) Remove the protectvie tape from the new Print Cartridge.

Do not touch the metal part of the cartridge or put the tape back on again.
(7) Insert the Print Cartridge into the holder as shown below with its tab pointing to the right.

Be careful not to let the Print Cartridge touch or catch the print circuit film.
(8) Lower the locking lever of the Print Cartridge Holder until it locks the cartridge in place.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

184
231

Section 8.3.3
(9) Position the Print Cartridge Holder along where the document will pass through.
The print will be located on the page properly for your application.

(10) Close the Print Cartridge Cover.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

185
231

Section 8.3.4

8.3.4 Operating Test


After installing the Imprinter, perform the following Offline Print Test to test its operaetion.
There are six patterns that are printed during the test. One pattern is printed on a sheet of paper.
(1) Turn OFF the scanner.
(2) While pressing the [Function] button on the operator panel, switch on the scanner.
Continue pressing on the [Function] button.
Function
(3) Release the [Function] button when the Function
Check
Number Display changes from [P] to [b].

Scan/Stop

Power

Send to

Function Number
Display
[Function] button

(4) Place some blank sheet of paper on the ADF Paper Chute.
To print all six test patterns, place six sheets or more.
Use A4 or Letter size paper. If the size is smaller than A4 or Letter, printing may not successfully complete.
Confirm that the Print Cartridge is positioned within the document width.

(5) Press the [Scan/Stop] button to test.


Paper will feed into the ADF, and the Imprinter will print out the Print Test Characters starting at 5mm from the
papers edge. (The range of error is 4 mm.)
(6) To print the next pattern, return to step (5).
The following test patterns are printed.
Test pattern 1 (Horizontal):
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[]^_`00000000
Test pattern 2 (Horizontal):
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ 00000000
Test pattern 3 (Horizontal):
!#$%&()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@00000000
Test pattern 4 (Vertical):
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[]^_`00000000
Test pattern 5 (Vertical):
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ 00000000
Test pattern 6 (Vertical):
!#$%&()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@00000000

n
o
i
t
c
e
r
i
d
g
n
i
d
e
e
F

Every single press of the [Scan/Stop] button prints one test


pattern.
The test print repeats test patterns from 1 through 6.
The numbering data portion "00000000" changes from 0 with
increments of 1.

5mm

Print test sample

(7) To stop Offline Print Test mode, turn off the scanner by pressing the [Power] button.
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

186
231

Section 8.4

8.4 Maintenance Parts for Imprinter

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Description
Sensor OPB5
IM Holder ASSY
IM Pinch ASSY
Feed Motor
IM Holder lever
FPC cable
PR Cable
IM Felt
Thumb Screw
IMP CT
Junction PCA
Sensor OP

Part Number

Quantity.

Appearance
(Section)

PA03277-D928
PA03540-E971
PA03540-E970
PA03576-D804
PA03540-F922
PA03334-F952
PA03334-F953
PA03334-F954
PA03334-F959
PA03540-K926
PA03334-K961
PA03338-D917

1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

8.4.1
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4
8.4.5
8.4.6
8.4.7
8.4.8
8.4.9
8.4.10
8.4.11
8.4.12

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Replacement
procedure
(Section)
8.6.6.1
8.6.4.4
8.6.4.2
8.6.6.3
8.6.4.1
8.6.4.4
8.6.6.4
8.6.6.5
8.6.7
8.6.5
8.6.4.3
8.6.6.2

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

Remarks

Includes Holder lever

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

187
231

Section 8.4.1

8.4.1 Sensor OPB5


Description
SENSOR OPB5

Part Number
PA03277-D928

Remarks

Part Number

Remarks
Includes the holder lever and
FPC cable.

8.4.2 IM Holder ASSY


Description
IM HOLDER ASSY

PA03540-E971

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

188
231

Section 8.4.3

8.4.3 IM Pinch ASSY


Description
IM PINCH ASSY

Part Number
PA03540-E970

Remarks
Maintenance part unit: 1
(Six units are mounted on one Imprinter.)

Part Number
PA03576-D804

Remarks

8.4.4 Feed Motor


Description
FEED MOTOR

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

189
231

Section 8.4.5

8.4.5 IM Holder Lever


Description
IM HOLDER LEVER

Part Number
PA03540-F922

Remarks

Part Number
PA03334-F952

Remarks
Two plastic parts are included.

8.4.6 FPC Cable


Description
FPC CABLE

Plastic parts

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

190
231

Section 8.4.7

8.4.7 PR Cable
Description
PR CABLE

Part Number
PA03334-F953

Remarks

Part Number
PA03334-F954

Remarks

8.4.8 IM Felt
Description
IM FELT

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

191
231

Section 8.4.9

8.4.9 Thumb Screw


Description
Thumb Screw

Part Number
PA03334-F959

Remarks

Part Number
PA03540-K926

Remarks
Factory-set EEPROM (default)
mounted on the maintenance part.

8.4.10 IMP CT
Description
IMP CT

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

is

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

192
231

Section 8.4.11

8.4.11 Junction PCA


Description
JUNCTION PCA

Part Number
PA03334-K961

Remarks

Part Number
PA03338-D917

Remarks

8.4.12 Sensor OP
Description
SENSOR OP

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

193
231

Section 8.5

8.5 Troubleshooting
Refer to Chapter 4 Troubleshooting.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

194
231

Section 8.6

8.6 Maintenance Procedure


This chapter explains the precautions needed before maintenance, removing and attaching covers, and replacing the
maintenance parts.

8.6.1 For Safety Operation

Caution

Be careful not to pinch your fingers, or hook your hair or jewelry by the
mechanism of the unit.

Precaution before maintenance:


- Thoroughly clean the unit before working.
- Follow disassembly and assembly instructions carefully.
- Store the disassembled parts so as not to lose them.
- Check the condition and parts count after replacement.
- Assemble the unit in reverse order of disassembly.
Periodic inspection of the Imprinter shall be performed with the same timing of the scanner inspection

8.6.2 Maintenance Tools


Table below lists tools for maintenance of the Imprinter.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Tools
Philips screw driver
Small flat-blade screwdriver
Pliers
Alcohol
Spring gauge
Metal straightedge

Remarks
For M3 and M4 screws
For removing E-ring and lever switch
For removing clamp, assembling E-ring
Ethyl alcohol or isopropyl alcohol for cleaning
1kg or 500g for adjusting belt tension
150m for adjusting belt tension

8.6.3 (Reserved)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

195
231

Section 8.6.4

8.6.4 Parts replacements in the Print Section


8.6.4.1 IM Holder Lever

Refer to Section 8.4.5 for the part number of the IM Holder Lever.
<Removal>
(1) Open the Print cartridge cover.
(2) Widening the fulcrum of the IM holder lever which holds the print cartridge, remove the IM holder lever.

Fulcrum of IM Holder Lever

IM Holder Lever

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

196
231

Section 8.6.4.2

8.6.4.2 IM Pinch ASSY

Refer to Section 8.4.3 for the part number of the IM Pinch ASSY.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Imprinter cover as follows.
- Open the Print section.
- Remove the three screws E from inside of the Print section cover.
- Close the Print section and remove the Print cartridge cover while opening it.

Print cartridge cover

(3) Remove the two screws E that secure each IM Pinch ASSY, and remove the IM Pinch ASSY(s) by opening the Print section
frame.

Screws E

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse by referring to the illustration below.

IM Pinch ASSY
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

197
231

Section 8.6.4.3

8.6.4.3 Junction PCA

Refer to Section 8.4.11 for the part number of the Junction PCA.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print cartridge cover by referring to step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the screw B that secures the FPC cable, and disconnect the FPC cable from the Junction PCA.

Fixing screw B

FPC cable
(4) Remove the screw B from the Junction PCA, and remove the Junction PCA (photo below).
Fixing screw B

Disconnect the connector

Junction PCA

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

198
231

Section 8.6.4.4

8.6.4.4 IM Holder ASSY / FPC Cable

Refer to Section 8.4.3 for the part number of the IM Holder ASSY, and Section 8.4.6 for that of the FPC Cable.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print cartridge cover by referring to step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Disconnect the FPC cable from the connector by referring to step (3) in Section 8.6.4.3.
Pull out the FPC cable through the frame hole to the IM Holder ASSY side.

Pull out the FPC cable.

(4) Remove the E-ring from the frame side plate.

Pull out the E-ring.

(5) Pulling out the rail shaft of the IM Holder ASSY, rotate the IM Holder ASSY a bit in the direction of the arrow in the photo
below to remove.

IM Holder ASSY

Pull out the rail shaft.

Rotate a bit to remove

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse by taking care of the following points.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

199
231

Section 8.6.4.4
When removing the FPC cable, follow the procedures below.
(6) Remove the two plastic parts from the Holder with a small flat screwdriver (refer to the drawing below).
Note: Be careful not to lose the rubber cushions on the bottom of the Holder

(7) Remove one end of the FPC cable from the Holder as shown
in the figure to the right.

Holder

(8) Remove the FPC cable from all the cable holding ribs.
Holding ribs

Remove FPC
from Holder

cable

FPC Cable

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse by taking care of the following points.
1. Fold the new FPC cable as shown in the right figure.
Contacts of FPC cable
shall be opposite side.

2. The small plastic parts come with FPC cable. Insert


the two small plastic parts into the holes of FPC
cable near electrodes.
Small Plastic parts

Electrodes on FPC cable


46 1 mm
3. Route the new FPC cable as shown in the photo below.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

200
231

Section 8.6.5

8.6.5 IMP CT

Refer to Section 8.4.10 for the part number of the IMP CT.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the two screws A from the document exit side.

Remove two screws A.

(3) Pull the PCA cover out of the Imprinter, and then open it to the front. Disconnect the two connectors from the IMP CT
(photo below).

Disconnect two connectors

(4) Remove the cable (connector and clamp) and the four screws A from the IMP CT, and remove the Control PCA.
Remove four fixing screws A.

Remove the connector and


clamp to remove the cable.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

201
231

Section 8.6.5
(5) Remove the EEPROM from the IMP CT and install it onto the new IMP CT.
The EEPROM stores the data of Ink counter for the current Print cartridge.

When installing the EEPROM,


Fit the concave to install.

EEPROM
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: When installing the PCA cover, insert the PCA cover tab into the square hole at the rear of the Imprinter.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

202
231

Section 8.6.6.1

8.6.6 Parts inside of Fix Unit


8.6.6.1 Sensor OPB5

Refer to Section 8.4.1 for the part number of the Sensor OPB5.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the three screws A on the inside face of the Imprinter to remove the cover.

Cover

Remove three screws A.

(4) Remove the screw for the right cover. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver in the gap between the right cover and the frame
to unlatch the cover claw. Then remove the right cover while opening it.
Right cover

Remove while opening the right cover.


Remove three screws.
(5) Remove the eight screws A on the inside face of the imprinter then move the plate toward you.

Remove eight screws A.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

203
231

Section 8.6.6.1
(6) Pulling out the metal plate a bit to the front, disconnect the connector and the bracket screw A on the Sensor OPB5.
Unlatch the claws for the Sensor OPB5 to remove this sensor.

Remove the connector and screw A.

Pull out to the front.

Unlatch the claws.

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Notes:
- Press the Sensor OPB5 down firmly so that the claws engage properly.
- After assembling, confirm that the sensor lever moves smoothly.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

204
231

Section 8.6.6.2

8.6.6.2 Sensor OP

Refer to Section 8.4.12 for the part number of the Sensor OP.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the cover by referring to step (3) in Section 8.6.6.1.
(4) Remove the screw A for the left cover. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver in the gap between the left cover and the frame
to remove the cover claw. Then remove the left cover while opening it.

Remove a fixing screw A.

(5) Disconnect the connector from the Sensor OP, and remove the sensor upward by pinching its claws.)
Remove upward by pinching claws

Connector
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: When attaching the Sensor OP, make sure it is positioned as shown in the photo below. You cannot insert the Sensor OP
in the reverse direction.

Connector

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

205
231

Section 8.6.6.3

8.6.6.3 Feed Motor

Refer to Specification 8.4.4 for the part number of the Feed Motor.
<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the cover and Sensor OP5 connector by referring to steps (3) ~ (5) in Section 8.6.6.1.
(4) Remove the two cable clamps at the back of the cover to remove the cover.

Cable clamps

(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the Feed motor to remove the Feed motor. Disconnect the cable connector from the
Feed motor.
Cable connector

Fixing screws A

Feed Motor

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

206
231

Section 8.6.3.3
<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

1. When fastening the screws for the Feed motor, adjust the belt tension so that the belt defects 3mm when 300 grams of force
are applied at the location noted in the photo below.
D = 3 mm
f = 300 40 gf

25mm

2. When installing the Feed motor, align the phases of the pulleys (D-cut) as shown below.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

207
231

Section 8.6.6.4

8.6.6.4 PR Cable

Refer to Section 8.4.7 for part number of the PR Cable.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the right cover by referring to steps (3) ~ (6) in Section 8.6.6.1, and move the metal plate toward you.
(4) Remove the left cover by referring to step (4) in Section 8.6.6.2.
(5) Disconnect the PR Cable connector from the Junction PCA, and from the Sensor OP5.
(6) Remove the PR cable from the cable clamps (11 pieces).
Remove connectors.

PR Cable

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

208
231

Section 8.6.6.5

8.6.6.5 IM Felt

Refer to Section 8.4.8 for the part number of the IM Felt.


<Removal>
(1) Remove the Imprinter from the scanner by referring to Section 8.3.2.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge cover by referring to the step (2) in Section 8.6.4.2.
(3) Remove the right cover by referring to step (3) ~ (6) in Section 8.6.6.1
(4) Remove the left cover by referring to step (4) in Section 8.6.6.2.
(5) Remove the two screws A that secure the Sheet guide and the screw E that secures the plastic part from the left side of the
Imprinter.
(6) Remove the clamp with cable.

Cable clamp
Sheet guide fixing screws A

Screw E

Plastic part

(7) In the same way as steps (5) and (6), remove the two screws A that secure the Sheet guide and a screw E that secures the
plastic part on the right side of the Imprinter.

Sheet guide fixing screws A

Screw E
Plastic part
05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

209
231

Section 8.6.6.5
(8) Lifting up the Sheet guide, replace the IM Felt.
Note: The IM Felt is not glued to the bracket.

IM Felt

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.
Note: You can replace the new IM Felt with either side facing up.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

210
231

Section 8.6.7

8.6.7 Thumb screw

Refer to Section 8.4.9 for the part number of the Thumb Screw.
<Removal>
(1) Lift up the stacker and remove the Thumb screw that secures the imprinter.

Thumb screw inserting position

Thumb Screw

<Installation>
Follow the above procedure in reverse.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

211
231

Section 8.7

8.7 Adjustment / Setting


Refer to Chapter 6 Adjustment /Setting.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

212
231

Section 9.3.1

8.8 Imprinter Basic Operation


8.8.1 Positioning the Print Cartridge
(1) Open the Print Cartridge Cover.
(2) Hold the Print Cartridge Holder, as below, and slid it to the left or right within the document width to set it at a suitable print
starting position.
The triangle-shaped protrusion on the locking lever of the Print
Cartridge Holder indicates the current print position on the page.

In the upper back of the Print Cartridge Holder are the document size
markings; use them to adjust for paper sizes and printing positions.

Put the actual document in the ADF and confirm that the print cartridge
is positioned within the documents width.

8.8.2 How to Use the Paper Guides


Use the Paper Guides to prevent against paper jams due to pages with curled edges.

Feed direction

Place the Paper Guides at the ends where the paper edges will pass through.
(1) Place the document on the ADF Paper Chute.
(2) Open the Print Cartridge Cover.
(3) Slide the Paper Guides to the left and right edges of the paper.

Paper Guide

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

213
231

Section 8.8.2
When you wish to print on a section near the edge of wide paper, remove the Paper Guide in order to open
space for the Print Cartridge, and attach the removed guide in the center.
For Right- Edge Printing

For Left- Edge Printing

Be careful not to let the Paper Guide touch or catch onto the print circuit film.

To Remove the Paper Guides


Pressing and holding together with your fingers, as below, lift up and pull away the guide.

Paper Guide

To Attach the Paper Guides


1. Put the Paper Guides in place as in the picture on the left.

Paper Guide

2. Push in the top portion of the guide to fit tightly.

Paper Guide

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

214
231

Section 8.8.3

8.8.3 Print Setup


You can configure the settings of the Imprinter by using the scanner driver dialog box.
FUJITSU TWAIN driver (Example)
Click the [Option] button.
In the [Option] dialog box (screen below), choose the [Imprinter (Endorser)] tab and specify the Imprinter settings.

Following items are specifiable in this window.

Enable Imprinter (Endorser)

Specifies enabling or disabling the imprinter function of the device.


Disable : Imprinting is not performed.
Enable : Prints on the documents using the imprinter using the following settings.
In this case, it prints on the backside of documents after scanning. Therefore, the printing is not included in
the scanned image.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

215
231

Section 8.8.3

Y Offset (Print starting point)


5 mm
Y

ABC..

Specifies Y Offset from the edge of the documents for the


placement of printing. The standard value specified here
depends on the device.
Direction (Font orientation)

Specifies the printing direction of endorsement strings.

Font (Font width)

Feeding direction

Feeding direction

ABC001

(Backside)

ABC001

Specifies the printing orientation of characters.


Direction:
Top to Bottom
Bottom to Top
Font: Vertical

(Backside)

(Backside)

Feeding direction

Feeding direction

A
B
C
0
0
1

Horizontal

(Backside)

Initial Value

Designates the initial count when the Imprinter String is set, including a counter value.

Counter Step

Configures whether the count increments or decrements. In other words, this value is added to or subtracted from the
counter each time an original is scanned. An increment of 0, 1, or 2 may be specified. Usually, 1 is designated for a
single-sided original, and 2 for a double- sided original.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

216
231

Section 8.8.3

Counter

Designates whether to increase or decrease the specified step value.

Imprinter String definition

Specifies the imprinter string.


The following characters can be output by the Imprinter.
Alphabet Letters
: A-Z, a-z
Numeric Characters
: 0, 1-9
Symbols
: !#$%&()*+,-./:;<=>?@[]^_`{|}~
Other
: (Space)
(*The space is ignored when it is entered at the head of [String:].)
The following definitions can be used. They may also be selected from the menu, which is displayed by clicking on
"

".

%YYYY: The year is printed in four digits using the Western calendar.
%YYY: The year is printed using the two digits of the Japanese calendar (current, or Heisei era).
%YY:
The year is printed in the last two digits of the Western calendar.
%MMM: An English abbreviation of the month is printed; for example, JAN for January and FEB for February.
%MM: The month is printed in two digits; for example, 01 for January and 12 for December.
%M:
The month is printed using one or two digits; for example, 1 for January and 12 for December.
%DD:
The day is printed using two digits; for example, 03 for the 3rd day of the month and 26 for the 26th day of
the month.
%D:
The day is printed using one or two digits; for example, 3 for the 3rd day of the month and 26 for the 26th
day of the month.
%HH:
The hour is printed using two digits of the 24-hour clock; for example, 08 for 8:00 a.m. and 14 for 2:00 p.m.
%H:
The hour is printed using one or two digits of the 24-hour clock; for example, 8 for 8:00 a.m. and 14 for 2:00
p.m.
%NN:
The minute is printed using two digits; for example, 02 for 8:02 a.m. and 48 for 2:48 p.m.
%N:
The minute is printed using one or two digits; for example, 2 for 8:02 a.m. and 48 for 2:48 p.m.
%Nud: A counter value is printed by N digits which increases or decreases with each page.
Programmable digits of the counter is 5 and 8 and described as "%05ud" and "%08ud" respectively. The
programmable digits depend on the device.)
The initial counter and the methods of increasing and decreasing values can be specified as explained above
under the heading "Counter."
This specification is only permitted at the end of an Imprinter String (Endorser).

Sample

Displays printed examples of the Imprinter String (Endorser) designated above.

Note.
The printed counter, date, and time do not always look like the sample because the scanning option takes precedence.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

217
231

Section 8.8.4

8.8.4 Removing Jammed Documents


Remove jammed document sheets as follows:
Do not forcefully pull out the document pages.
(1) Remove the documents from the ADF Paper Chute.
(2) Open the Print section.

ADF
Print section
To open the ADF, first open the Print section before proceeding.

(3) Open the ADF.


ADF
Print section

ADF
Print section

(4) Carefully remove all the jammed documents.


(5) Close the ADF.
(6) Close the Print section.

ADF
Print section

- Be sure that the ADF is closed first before closing the Print section.
- Do not move the imprinter and scanner while printing. Printing may distort.
- When you are not going to use the imprinter for a long time, please remove the print cartridge from the imprinter and
store it.
- Ink is consumed every time at the initial start-up of the imprinter though no printing is performed.
- Do not move the imprinter with the print cartridge installed. The imprinter may become damaged.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

218
231

Section 8.9.1

8.9 Daily Care


8.9.1 Cleaning the Print Cartridge
Poor quality prints can occur due to blocked ink emission holes in the nozzle. Leaving the imprinter unused for long periods can
also cause emission holes to become blocked. When the emission holes are blocked, clean the nozzle surface of the print
cartridge.
For cleaning, use a dry lint-free cloth (DO NOT use tissue), and gently wipe any dirt and stains off the nozzles surface.
(1) Turn off the Scanner.
(2) Remove the Print Cartridge. (Refer to Section 8.9.4)

Nozzle plate

When cleaning, be careful not to touch the Nozzle plate or the contact parts of the cartridge directly by hand.
(3) Gently wipe any dirt and stains off the nozzle surface.

(4) Make sure that all dirt and stains are removed before reinstalling the print cartridge. (Refer to Section 8.9.4)
When installing or replacing the print cartridge, be careful not to insert it out of place.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

219
231

Section 8.9.2

8.9.2 Cleaning the Imprinter


After frequent use, ink will begin to accumulate or stick to the base of the Imprinter, which can soil printouts. Always maintain
the imprinter base clean.
To assure high quality print outs and long use of the imprinter, adopt a daily maintenance procedure as explained below.
- When cleaning, gently wipe the imprinter base with an absorbent item that can remove the ink.
- If the ink is dried, gently wipe it with a moistened cloth. (Since the ink is water soluble, it can be cleaned with water.)
(1) Turn off the Scanner.
(2) Open the Print Cartridge Cover and remove the print cartridge. (Refer to Section 8.9.4.)
(3) Open the Print section.
(4) Wipe off any dirt and dust on the base surface of the Print Cartridge Holder with a lint-free cloth.

When cleaning, be careful not to touch the metal wheels located behind the upper rollers on the print cartridge cover.

(5) Check that the dirt is wiped off, and then close the Print section.
(6) Reinstall the Print Cartridge and close the Print Cartridge Cover. (Refer to Section 8.9.4.)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

220
231

Section 8.9.3

8.9.3 Cleaning the Rollers


When ink or dust from the paper is stuck on the imprinter feed roller surfaces, documents may not feed smoothly. To prevent
feed problems, clean the roller surfaces regularly.
Recommended cleaning cycle is every 5,000 sheets. Actual cleaning cycle may be shorter depending on usage and
documents.
(1) Open the Print section.
(2) Clean the rubber rollers located as shown below.

Print section

With a lint-free cloth, gently wipe off the dirt or dust from the roller surfaces.
To clean the lower rubber rollers, rotate the rollers by holding down the [Scan/Stop] button and [Send to] button on the
operator panel of the scanner simultaneously.
When cleaning, be careful not to touch the metal wheels located behind the upper rollers on the print
section.

(3) Clean the Plastic Rollers.


Clean the two black plastic rollers on the inner side of the Print section.

Print section

Rotate the rollers with your fingers gently and wipe off any dirt or dust from the roller surface with a lint-free cloth.
(4) Confirm that all dirt and dust have been removed from the rollers. Close the Print section.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

221
231

Section 8.9.4

8.9.4 Replacing the Print Cartridge


- When the message to the right appears, replace the Print Cartridge as soon as possible.
- If you continue to print without replacing the cartridge, your print output will continue
to appear lighter and lighter.
- When installing the print cartridge, be careful not to insert it out of place.
(1) Turn off the scanner.
(2) Open the Print Cartridge Cover by grasping its center and turning it towards you, as shown below.

Print Cartridge Holder

(3) Open the Print Cartridge Holder by slightly pinching and lifting up its locking lever with your finger as shown below.

(4) Remove the old Print Cartridge from the Print Cartridge Holder.

(5) Take the new Print Cartridge out of its pouch and detach the protection tape from the Print Cartridge.

Do not touch the metal part of the cartridge nor put the tape back again.
(6) Place the Print Cartridge into the holder as shown below with its tab positioning to the right.

Be careful not to let the print cartridge touch or catch on to the print circuit film.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

222
231

Section 8.9.4
(7) Lower the locking lever of the Print Cartridge Holder until it locks in and fixes the cartridge in place.

(8) Position the Print Cartridge Holder along where the document will
pass through.

Be sure to position the print cartridge to have enough space from the document edge.
If you position the Print Cartridge too close to the document edge, printing may be performed out of the document width.

(9) Close the Print Cartridge Cover.

(10) Turn on the scanner.


(11) Reset the Remaining Ink Counter.
You must clear the Remaining Ink Counter whenever you replace the print cartridge.
1. On the [Start] menu, select [All Programs] [Scanner Utility for Microsoft Windows]- [Software Operation Panel].
2. Select the [Device Setting] tab from the listing on the left.

3. Click the [Clear] button at the [Remaining Ink].


The Ink remain counter will reset to 100%.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

223
231

Appendix 1

Appendix 1

Screws

The screws that are used in this device (scanner and imprinter) are as follows.
Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw A

SCREW

RU6SW2N3-08121

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw B

SCREW

U30L-0010-0030#M3x8

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw C

SCREW

RU6SW2N3-06121

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

224
231

Appendix 1
Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw D

SCREW

RU6SW2N3-05121

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw E

PT SCREW

PA83952-5038

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw F

PT SCREW

PA83952-2636

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

225
231

Appendix 1
Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw G

SCREW

RU6SW2N4-10121

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw H

SCREW

RU6SW2N3-14121

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw I

SCREW

U120-4300-Z624

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

226
231

Appendix 1
Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw J

SCREW

RU6SNA2R5-05121

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw K

SCREW

CA98001-8785

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw L

SCREW

RU6SNA3-06121

fi-6670/fi-6670A

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

227
231

Appendix 1
Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw M

C SCREW

PA03951-0610

fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Screw N

PT SCREW

PA83952-5040

fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

Name on this
manual

Description

Part number

Remarks

Thumb screw

THUMB SCREW

PA83951-1510

fi-6670/fi-6670A
fi-6770/fi-6770A/fi-6750S

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

228
231

03

Appendix 2

Appendix 2

Emulation Mode

Emulation of the following scanners can be specified on this scanner.


Model name
Scanner that can be emulated
fi-6670
fi-5650C
fi-6670A
To activate the Emulation function, scanner setting needs to be changed.
For the configuration method, see below.
1. With the ADF cover open and the Cover Open sensor status OFF (by opening the cover all the way), press the Power
button while pressing the Function button. (In this mode, the scanner interface with the host becomes off-line.)
* fi-6670 and fi-6670A have the operator panels on both sides. The operation can be done at either panel.

ADF Cover
Open ADF cover
completely.

Cover Open sensor


- Status: OFF

The following is the Function Number Display and the scanner status transition during scanner initialization after the power
is turned ON in the procedure above.
Function
Scanner status
No. Display
Initializing

Function
No. Display

Scanner status
- When the scanner goes into the Maintenance
Mode, let go of the Function button.

In Maintenance Mode

Function
No. Display

Scanner status
- When the scanner goes into the Emulation
switch mode, close the ADF cover.

In Emulation switch mode

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

229
231

Appendix 2
2. During the Emulation switch mode, press the Scan/Stop button to display the current scanner setting.
- If the Emulation mode is activated for the first time, the initial value (standard) 0 appears on the Function Number
Display.
- When fi-5650C is selected, 1 appears on the Function Number Display.
3. Pressing the Function button changes the displayed number. Press it several times until the number for the model you want
your scanner to emulate appears.
- If your scanner is fi-6670, to emulate fi-5650C, press the Function button several times until 1 is displayed on the
Function Number Display.
Function
No.
Emulated model
Display

Your scanner
Remarks

fi-6670/fi-6670A *1

fi-6670

fi-5650C

Initial value (standard)


Emulation mode invalid

*1: Emulation on fi-6670A through CGA board (SCSI/USB) is not available.


With a standard interface, use the Emulation function as fi-6670.
4. Press the Scan/Stop button to display the selected scanner name (numbers) by turns.
- The first - is a start mark. SP signifies OFF: No display. Switching interval is 0.5 second.
Emulation mode
fi-6670
fi-5650C

How to display
6670 is displayed as below repeatedly.
- 6 SP 6 SP 7 SP 0 SP
5650is displayed as below repeatedly.
- 5 SP 6 SP 5 SP 0 SP

5. If the scanner name (numbers) displayed on the Function Number Display is correct, press the Function button.
Pressing the Function button displays Screen E1 to ask whether to write thee selected mode into EEPROM.
- To cancel the process, press the Send to button and return to the initial display of the Emulation mode.
[Screen E1]
Function
No. Display

Power
LED

Scanner status

ON

Blinks o (lower).
Interval of blinking: 1.0 second
(Switching interval of light ON
and OFF is 0.5 second)

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

230
231

Appendix 2
6. Writing to EEPROM.
Pressing the Scan/Stop + Function buttons writes the information of the scanner of which setting has been changed into
EEPROM.
While the data is being written into EEPROM, Screen E2 appears.
When writing process is complete successfully, Screen E3 appears.
- To cancel the process, press the Send to button and return to the initial display of the Emulation mode.
[Screen E2]
Function
No. Display

Scanner status
Data is being written into EEPROM.
No button is available.
Displays L without blinking.

(1) When the process is terminated successfully:


[Screen E3]
Function
Scanner status
No. Display
Displays o (upper) without
blinking.

When data writing into EEPROM is complete


successfully, Screen E3 appears.

(2) When the process is terminated abnormally:


[Screen E4]
Function
Scanner status
No. Display
If writing to EEPROM failed, the Screen E4 appears.
Displays (lower) without
blinking.

7. Restart the scanner.


If the process is terminated abnormally, turn off the power and back on again to restart the scanner.

Scanner configuration change for Emulation mode is complete now.

05 July 13, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.


04 Apr.27, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
03 Feb.19, 09 K.Okada A.Miyoshi I.Fujioka Refer to Revision Record on page 2.
Rev. D A T E DESIG. CHECK APPR. DESCRIPTION
DESIG. May 28, 2008 K.Okada CHECK T.Anzai

APPR.

Name
Drawing
No.
I.Fujioka

WWW.SERVICE-MANUAL.NET

fi-6670/fi-6670A/fi-667PR
Maintenance Manual

P1PA03576B50X/6

PFU LMITED

Page

231
231

You might also like